diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0a1c0e0f07..c1b1b88424 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Romans
\n1. Introduction (1:1–15)\n2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by trusting in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)\n3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)\n4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)\n5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)\n6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)\n7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)

### Who wrote the book of Romans?
\nThe Apostle Paul wrote the book of Romans and may other books in the New Testament. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was part of a strict Jewish religious group called the Pharisees. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.
\nPaul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.

### What is the book of Romans about?
\nPaul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” ([16:26](../16/26.md)).
\nIn this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1–11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12–16),

### How should the title of this book be translated?
\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?
\nIn Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).

### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?
\nPaul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four Gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6). If your language doesn’t have similar words, you can develop short phrases to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”
\nTranslators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.

### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel ([11:5](../11/05.md))?
\nThe idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”
\nIn [11:1–9](../11/01.md), Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?
\nThe phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.
\nThese phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in [3:24](../03/24.md) (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In [8:9](../08/09.md) (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In [9:1](../09/01.md) (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.
\nNevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])

### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?
\nThe scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: [1:7](../01/07.md))
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: [15:16](../15/16.md))
\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Romans?
\nFor the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.

* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”
* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” ([11:6](../11/06.md)). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”
\nThe following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the book of Romans.

* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)).

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Romans

1. Introduction (1:1–15)
2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by trusting in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)
5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)

### Who wrote the book of Romans?

The Apostle Paul wrote the book of Romans and may other books in the New Testament. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was part of a strict Jewish religious group called the Pharisees. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.

### What is the book of Romans about?

Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” ([16:26](../16/26.md)).

In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1–11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12–16),

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?

In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).

### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?

Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four Gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6). If your language doesn’t have similar words, you can develop short phrases to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”

Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.

### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel ([11:5](../11/05.md))?

The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”

In [11:1–9](../11/01.md), Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?

The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.

These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in [3:24](../03/24.md) (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In [8:9](../08/09.md) (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In [9:1](../09/01.md) (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.

Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])

### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: [1:7](../01/07.md))
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: [15:16](../15/16.md))

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Romans?

For the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.

* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”
* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” ([11:6](../11/06.md)). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”

The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the book of Romans.

* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)).

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ROM 1 intro hn5n 0 # Romans 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Introduction (1:1–15)
* Greeting (1:1–7)
* Paul plans to visit Rome (1:8–15)
2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by having faith in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
* All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The gospel

This chapter refers to the contents of the Book of Romans as “the gospel” ([1:2](../rom/01/02.md)). Romans is not a Gospel like Matthew, Mark, Luke, or John, which are historical accounts of the life of Jesus. Instead, chapters 1–8 present the biblical gospel, which is the good news of salvation. The gospel contains the following true ideas: Everyone has sinned. Jesus died for our sins. Jesus came back to life again so that we might live for his glory and receive eternal life when we die.

### Universal Condemnation and the Wrath of God

In this chapter Paul explains that no one has an excuse for sinning. We all know about the true God, Yahweh, from his creation all around us. Because of our sin and our sinful nature, every person justly deserves the eternal punishment of God. The requirement for this punishment was satisfied by Jesus dying on a cross for those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “God gave them over”

Many scholars view the phrases “God gave them over” and “God gave them up” as theologically significant. For this reason, it is important to translate these phrases with God playing a passive role in the action. God allows men to pursue their own sinful desires, he does not force them to act sinfully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 1 x3em figs-123person Παῦλος 1 Paul In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ROM 1 1 plvo translate-names Παῦλος 1 Paul **Paul** is the name of a man, an apostle of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Romans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ ROM 1 17 qr31 figs-possession δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul is u ROM 1 17 gsl5 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “how God causes people to become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 17 ii3m writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in it The pronoun **it** here refers to “the gospel” that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 17 jl9i figs-idiom ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 Here, **from faith to faith** describes how **the righteousness of God is revealed**. It is an idiom that could mean: (1) completely by faith alone. Alternate translation: “by faith from beginning to end” or “through faith from first to last” (2) by the faith that all believers share, like how the phrase “from sea to sea” means “from one sea to another sea.” Alternate translation: “from one person’s faith to another person’s faith” (3) by faith that leads to increasing faith. Alternate translation: “through faith for faith” or “from one degree of faith to another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 1 17 igg9 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written Here Paul uses **just as it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Habakkuk 2:4](../../hab/02/04.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 1 17 igg9 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written Here Paul uses **just as it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Habakkuk 2:4](../hab/02/04.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 1 17 bgvh figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by the prophet Habakkuk. Alternate translation: “just as the prophet Habakkuk wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 17 oih2 figs-quotemarks ὁ δὲ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Habakkuk 2:4](../../hab/02/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 1 17 oih2 figs-quotemarks ὁ δὲ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Habakkuk 2:4](../hab/02/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 1 17 a9y7 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 Here, **live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternative translation: “will live eternally by faith” (2) the quality of one’s physical life. Alternative translation: “will truly live by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 1 17 e7eu figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 2 See how you translated this word in [verse 5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 18 c69s grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why “the righteous one must live by faith,” as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The righteous one must live this way because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who bo ROM 2 23 ob98 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgression**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by transgressing the law” or “by breaking the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 24 yp4l figs-infostructure τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “For, just as it is written, ‘the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles because of you.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 2 24 z54i grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These things I have said about you are true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 2 24 lk5n figs-quotemarks τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 In this clause Paul quotes part of [Isaiah 52:5](../../isa/52/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 2 24 lk5n figs-quotemarks τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 In this clause Paul quotes part of [Isaiah 52:5](../isa/52/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 2 24 c4sk figs-possession τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to indicate the **name** that belongs to **God**. Paul does not mean that **God** is a **name**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 24 mvwq figs-synecdoche τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul uses **the name of God** figuratively to refer to**God** himself. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 24 ccm9 figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles blaspheme the name of God because of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -367,12 +367,12 @@ ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your langua ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason for what has just been stated. This verse is Paul’s conclusion to the statements he made in [verses 25–27](../02/25.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 28 lfuj figs-metonymy Ἰουδαῖός 1 Here Paul uses **Jew** to refer to someone who is one of God’s people because he truly trusts in God for salvation, like Abraham did. **Jew** here does not refer to someone who only has Jewish ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a spiritual Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 28 rohy figs-explicit ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 Here, **visibly** refers to the Jewish religious practices that other people can see, such as circumcision or wearing special clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does externally visible Jewish rituals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 28 n34i figs-metonymy ἡ…περιτομή 1 flesh Here Paul uses **circumcision** figuratively to refer to the change in thinking and attitude that happens when God saves a person. It can also be considered an inward mark of belonging to God’s people, like how circumcision was an outer mark of being Jewish. This was called “circumcision of the heart” in the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:6](../../deu/30/06.md); [Jeremiah 4:4](../../jer/04/04.md)). Here, **circumcision** does not refer to the Jewish ritual. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this spiritual circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 2 28 n34i figs-metonymy ἡ…περιτομή 1 flesh Here Paul uses **circumcision** figuratively to refer to the change in thinking and attitude that happens when God saves a person. It can also be considered an inward mark of belonging to God’s people, like how circumcision was an outer mark of being Jewish. This was called “circumcision of the heart” in the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:6](../deu/30/06.md); [Jeremiah 4:4](../jer/04/04.md)). Here, **circumcision** does not refer to the Jewish ritual. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this spiritual circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul uses **the flesh** figuratively to mean “the whole body,” which is made of **flesh**. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 29 b6ag figs-explicit ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος 1 The word translated **secretly** refers to something that other people cannot see or that is hidden. The meaning here is the opposite of “visibly” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a Jew in an inward way not seen by others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 29 u7b6 figs-metonymy Ἰουδαῖος 1 Here Paul uses **Jew** figuratively in the same way he did in the previous verse. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 d1go figs-possession περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **circumcision** that is performed in **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “circumcision is performed in the heart” or “circumcision is an inward change” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 2 29 hbiv figs-idiom περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 The phrase **circumcision of the heart** is an idiom that refers to the change in thinking and attitude that happens when God saves a person. It can also be considered an inward mark of belonging to God’s people, like how circumcision was an outer mark of being Jewish. This expression first occurred in the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:6](../../deu/30/06.md); [Jeremiah 4:4](../../jer/04/04.md)).If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated “this circumcision” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “truly belonging to God’s people is by removal of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 2 29 hbiv figs-idiom περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 The phrase **circumcision of the heart** is an idiom that refers to the change in thinking and attitude that happens when God saves a person. It can also be considered an inward mark of belonging to God’s people, like how circumcision was an outer mark of being Jewish. This expression first occurred in the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:6](../deu/30/06.md); [Jeremiah 4:4](../jer/04/04.md)).If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated “this circumcision” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “truly belonging to God’s people is by removal of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 2 29 n4pp figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 See how you translated this word in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-explicit ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Here, both occurrences of **in** indicate the means by which something happened. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit, not by means of the letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 29 kjc9 figs-explicit ἐν Πνεύματι 1 Here, **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, who changes a person’s thoughts and attitude when God saves that person, as in the UST. (2) a person’s spirit, which would require interpreting **in** to refer to a place. Alternate translation: “in one’s spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -410,8 +410,8 @@ ROM 3 4 fesk figs-ellipsis πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 Paul is ROM 3 4 hfdf figs-gendernotations πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 3 4 b8gv figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by David, a king of Israel. Alternate translation: “just as King David wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 4 f0oq figs-quotemarks ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 As it has been written This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 51:4](../../psa/51/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 3 4 xli0 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 **So that** indicates that what follows is the result of what David had written previously in [Psalm 51:4](../../psa/51/04.md), which is about how David had sinned. Paul assumes that his readers would be familiar with the earlier part of that verse. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have sinned so that” or “Because of my sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 4 f0oq figs-quotemarks ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 As it has been written This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 51:4](../psa/051/004.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 3 4 xli0 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 **So that** indicates that what follows is the result of what David had written previously in [Psalm 51:4](../psa/051/004.md), which is about how David had sinned. Paul assumes that his readers would be familiar with the earlier part of that verse. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have sinned so that” or “Because of my sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 4 h0ne figs-yousingular ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 In this sentence, **you** and **your** refer to God and are singular. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive δικαιωθῇς…ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people would acknowledge how righteous you are … when people attempt to judge you” or “you would prove yourself to be righteous … when others try to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 4 tj8g figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου 1 Paul records David using **words** figuratively to describe the things that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in what you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -464,30 +464,30 @@ ROM 3 9 hgs3 figs-explicit Ἕλληνας 1 Not at all Here, **Greeks** refers ROM 3 9 x4eb figs-idiom ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν 1 The phrase **under sin** is an idiom that means “under the power of sin” or “controlled by one’s desire to sin.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “controlled by sin” or “ruled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 3 10 zkzr figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 10 ju1k figs-quotemarks οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 This is as it is written This sentence is Paul’s paraphrase of [Psalm 14:3](../../psa/14/03.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 3 10 ju1k figs-quotemarks οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 This is as it is written This sentence is Paul’s paraphrase of [Psalm 14:3](../psa/014/003.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** even one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is not even one type of person who is righteous” or “Absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 3 11 b0m7 figs-quotemarks οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 This sentence is Paul’s paraphrase of [Psalm 14:2](../../psa/14/02.md) and [Psalm 53:3](../../psa/53/03.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 3 11 b0m7 figs-quotemarks οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 This sentence is Paul’s paraphrase of [Psalm 14:2](../psa/014/002.md) and [Psalm 53:3](../psa/053/003.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν 1 Paul is using the adjectives **none** as nouns in order to describe all people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There are no people … There are no people” or “There is no person … There is no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands Here, **who understands** refers to someone who is able to think wisely or correctly. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is none who is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 Her, Paul quotes David using**seeks** figuratively to describe people attempting to know God as if God were lost and people needed to find him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who attempts to know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 12 lg0i figs-quotemarks πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν; οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 They have all turned away This sentence is quotation of [Psalm 14:3](../../psa/14/03.md) and [Psalm 53:4](../../psa/53/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 3 12 lg0i figs-quotemarks πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν; οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 They have all turned away This sentence is quotation of [Psalm 14:3](../psa/014/003.md) and [Psalm 53:4](../psa/053/004.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-metaphor ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away Paul quotes David using **turned away** figuratively to describe these people as if they had left a path that leads to where God is. David means that they refuse to live according to God’s rules. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “refuse to live the way God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 12 a72h figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They have all turned away Here, **useless** implies that these sinful people are so sinful that they do not benefit God or humankind. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “They together became worthless for benefitting anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do **kindness**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is not even one type of person who does kindness” or “Absolutely no one who is doing kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 See how you translated **none** and **one** in [verse 10](../03/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 b3g1 figs-abstractnouns χρηστότητα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kindness**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 13 xr4g figs-quotemarks τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν; ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 These two sentences are a quotation from [Psalm 5:10](../../psa/05/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 3 13 xr4g figs-quotemarks τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν; ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 These two sentences are a quotation from [Psalm 5:10](../psa/005/010.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 3 13 c7rh figs-parallelism τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν; ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν; ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 These three sentences mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing three times, in slightly different ways, to show how harmful the words are that these people say. If saying the same thing three times might confuse your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “The things they say are deadly, deceptive, and damaging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 13 nmrs figs-genericnoun ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Paul quotes David speaking of these people’s throats in general, not of one particular **throat**. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “throats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Here Paul quotes David using **throat** figuratively to describe something people would say by using their throats to say it. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul quotes David using **opened grave** figuratively to describe these people’s **throat** as if it were a deep hole containing rotting corpses. He means that the things these people say are morally corrupt and offend God. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Their throats express moral corruption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 13 pemg figs-metonymy ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν 1 Here Paul quotes David using **tongues** figuratively to describe something people would say to deceive someone by using their tongues to say it. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 13 d82g figs-quotemarks ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 140:3](../../psa/140/03.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 3 13 d82g figs-quotemarks ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 140:3](../psa/140/003.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**, which are venomous snakes. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul quotes David using **poison of asps** figuratively to refer to what people say as if what they say contained **poison**. He means that the things they say harm people like deadly venom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “What hurts people like a poisonous snake bite” or “Speech that hurts people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 13 u40o figs-metonymy ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here Paul quotes David using **lips** figuratively to describe something people would say to harm someone by using their **lips** to say it. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 14 ucnr figs-quotemarks ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 10:7](../../psa/10/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 3 14 ucnr figs-quotemarks ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 10:7](../psa/010/007.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 3 14 ujjd figs-genericnoun τὸ στόμα 1 Paul quotes David speaking of these people’s mouths in general, not of one particular **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “mouths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here Paul quotes David using **mouth** figuratively to describe people speaking curses and bitter things by using their **mouth** to say them. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul quotes David using **cursing and bitterness** figuratively as if these concepts were thins with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “habitually curses and says bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ ROM 3 16 bc96 figs-abstractnouns σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ROM 3 16 rrgr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **ways** is an idiom meaning “wherever they go” or “how they behave.” It refers to a person’s daily life. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “characterize how they behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 17 zbrd figs-idiom ὁδὸν 1 See how you translated “ways” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 17 jb6b figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 18 wr0x figs-quotemarks οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 36:1](../../psa/36/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 3 18 wr0x figs-quotemarks οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 36:1](../psa/036/001.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They are not afraid of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-possession φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that people should feel toward for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “fear for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 18 m89o figs-idiom ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here,**before their eyes** is an idiom that refers to thinking about something. Paul means that these people do not think at all about how terrifying God is. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ ROM 4 3 w9i5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture ROM 4 3 hih3 figs-rquestion τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the scripture surely says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 g1wz figs-personification τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Here Paul uses **say** figuratively as if **the scripture** were a person who could speak. He means that the scripture he is about to quote contains information related to the topic he is discussing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what information is in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Here Paul uses **what does the scripture say** to indicate a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what is written in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 4 3 xdtx figs-explicit ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Here, **the scripture** refers specifically to the quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../../gen/15/06.md) that follows in this verse. It does not refer to the Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the scripture that Moses wrote in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 3 xdtx figs-explicit ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Here, **the scripture** refers specifically to the quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md) that follows in this verse. It does not refer to the Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the scripture that Moses wrote in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God counted it to him as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 3 az65 writing-pronouns ἐλογίσθη 1 it was counted to him as righteousness The pronoun **it** refers to Abraham’s faith, which was implied by the statement that **Abraham believed God**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his faith was counted” or “his trust in God was counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 3 qked figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “being righteous” or “being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -648,13 +648,13 @@ ROM 4 6 x40j figs-genericnoun τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is speaking of p ROM 4 6 c6zs figs-distinguish ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 This phrase gives us further information about the **the man**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God counts as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 4 6 lilj figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being righteous” or “being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 o260 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 4 7 zqwl figs-quotemarks μακάριοι, ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 This verse is the beginning of a quotation from [Psalm 31:1–2](../../psa/031/001.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 4 7 zqwl figs-quotemarks μακάριοι, ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 This verse is the beginning of a quotation from [Psalm 31:1–2](../psa/031/001.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism μακάριοι, ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how **Blessed** these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How blessed are those people whom God forgives completely for all their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 7 lq4w figs-abstractnouns ὧν…αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **lawless deeds** and **sins**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the lawless things they have done … the sins they have committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ἀφέθησαν…ἐπεκαλύφθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God forgives … God covers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 7 hj2w figs-ellipsis ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Paul quotes David leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “blessed are those whose sins have been covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 4 7 hqfm figs-metaphor ἐπεκαλύφθησαν 1 Paul quotes David using **covered** figuratively to refer to God forgiving sins as if he covers sins so that he no longer sees them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 4 8 jjov figs-quotemarks μακάριος ἀνὴρ, οὗ οὐ μὴ λογίσηται Κύριος ἁμαρτίαν 1 The end of this verse is the end of a quotation from [Psalm 31:1–2](../../psa/031/001.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 4 8 jjov figs-quotemarks μακάριος ἀνὴρ, οὗ οὐ μὴ λογίσηται Κύριος ἁμαρτίαν 1 The end of this verse is the end of a quotation from [Psalm 31:1–2](../psa/031/001.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 4 8 yox7 figs-parallelism μακάριος ἀνὴρ, οὗ οὐ μὴ λογίσηται Κύριος ἁμαρτίαν 1 This verse means the same thing as the two clauses in the previous verse. Paul the same thing here, in a slightly different way, to emphasize how **Blessed** people are home God forgives for their sins. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “How truly blessed is a man whose sin the Lord does certainly not count!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 8 kpfe figs-genericnoun ἀνὴρ 1 Paul quotes David speaking of people in general, not of one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 4 8 y21b figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “sinful deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ ROM 4 9 jmym figs-metaphor ὁ μακαρισμὸς…οὗτος ἐπὶ τ ROM 4 9 dn7v grammar-collectivenouns τὴν περιτομὴν…τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 See how you translated these words in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 4 9 mrsm grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows answers the rhetorical question. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 9 w2xt figs-exclusive λέγομεν 1 Here Paul uses **we** exclusively to refer to Paul and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 4 9 o51f writing-quotations λέγομεν 1 Paul uses **we say** here to introduce a modified scripture quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../../gen/15/06.md), which Moses wrote. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “we say what Moses wrote in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 4 9 o51f writing-quotations λέγομεν 1 Paul uses **we say** here to introduce a modified scripture quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md), which Moses wrote. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “we say what Moses wrote in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 9 m3uh figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Faith was counted to Abraham as righteousness See how you translated the similar clauses in [verses 3](../04/03.md) and [5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 10 trz4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη? ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? 1 In these two sentences Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to emphasize that Abraham was made righteous without being circumcised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. You may need to combine these sentences. Alternate translation: “Then you surely know how it was counted to him! You surely know whether it was in circumcision or in uncircumcision!” or “Then you surely know how it was counted to him, whether in circumcision or in uncircumcision!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 10 unuf grammar-connect-logic-result πῶς οὖν 1 Here, **then** introduces a result clause that is in the form of a rhetorical question. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “How as a result” or “So then how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) @@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ ROM 4 17 nuj8 figs-infostructure καθὼς γέγραπται, ὅτι πατ ROM 4 17 ibwm figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Here Paul uses a quotation from the Old Testament in order to support the statement in the previous verse that Abraham “is the father of us all.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the relationship between this verse and the previous verse clearer. Alternate translation: “The fact that Abraham is the father of us all is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 17 iju4 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 17 sjm0 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by Moses. Alternate translation: “just as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 17 peaf figs-quotemarks πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε 1 I have made you In this clause Paul quotes [Genesis 17:5](../../gen/17/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 4 17 peaf figs-quotemarks πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε 1 I have made you In this clause Paul quotes [Genesis 17:5](../gen/17/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 4 17 mxm5 writing-pronouns τέθεικά σε…ἐπίστευσεν 1 I have made you The pronoun **I** refers to **God**, and **you** and **he** refer to Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, have appointed you, Abraham, as … Abraham trusted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 17 n6l7 figs-metaphor πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Paul quotes God using **father** figuratively to refer to Abraham as if he were going to physically produce children who would comprise **many nations**. God means that Abraham would become the spiritual ancestor of a large amount of people from **many nations** who trust in God like Abraham. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the spiritual representative of numerous groups of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 17 ph37 figs-explicit κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν Θεοῦ, 1 in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to the dead Here Paul continues the sentence from the previous verse that he had interrupted with the first two clauses in this verse. This clause completes the previous statement from the previous verse, “who is the father of us all.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. You made need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Abraham is the father of us all in the presence of God whom he trusted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -746,9 +746,9 @@ ROM 4 18 auah figs-abstractnouns ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπ ROM 4 18 n62i figs-ellipsis ἐπίστευσεν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “believed in God” or “believed what God had promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 4 18 bs6y grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὸν 1 Here, **so that** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the result of Abraham believing **on the basis of hope**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “which resulted in him becoming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 18 qbdq figs-metaphor πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 17](../04/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 4 18 b92q writing-quotations τὸ εἰρημένον 1 according to what he had been told Here Paul uses **what was said** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 15:5](../../gen/15/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what was said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 4 18 b92q writing-quotations τὸ εἰρημένον 1 according to what he had been told Here Paul uses **what was said** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 15:5](../gen/15/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what was said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 18 cryi figs-activepassive τὸ εἰρημένον 1 according to what he had been told If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was spoken by God. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 18 p5el figs-explicit οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου 1 So will your descendants be Paul assumes that his readers would know the rest of what God said in the verse he is quoting ([Genesis 15:5](../../gen/15/05.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Look now at the heavens and count the stars, if you are able to count them. So will your seed be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 18 p5el figs-explicit οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου 1 So will your descendants be Paul assumes that his readers would know the rest of what God said in the verse he is quoting ([Genesis 15:5](../gen/15/05.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Look now at the heavens and count the stars, if you are able to count them. So will your seed be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 18 i2ev figs-metaphor τὸ σπέρμα 1 See how you translated **seed** in [verse 16](../04/16.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 19 ycte figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει, κατενόησεν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα ἤδη νενεκρωμένον, ἑκατονταετής που ὑπάρχων, καὶ τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “He considered his own body as already having died (being about a hundred years old)—and the deadness of the womb of Sarah—but he was not weakening in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 19 m9gq figs-litotes καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει 1 Without becoming weak in faith, Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “And being strengthened in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) @@ -774,13 +774,13 @@ ROM 4 21 y2sh figs-activepassive πληροφορηθεὶς 1 He was fully conv ROM 4 21 plbf writing-pronouns ἐπήγγελται…ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **he** refers to God, not Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God had promised, God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 21 j12r writing-pronouns ὃ ἐπήγγελται 1 Here, **what he had promised** refers to the promise Paul describes in [verse 13](../04/13.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things God promised to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 22 ympp grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ καὶ 1 Here, **therefore** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “And for this reason” or “And this is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 4 22 wlnh figs-quotemarks ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 This clause is a quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../../gen/15/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 4 22 wlnh figs-quotemarks ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 This clause is a quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 4 22 i56a figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness See how you translated this in [verse 3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 23 zdc0 figs-infostructure οὐκ ἐγράφη…δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον, ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 1 Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases and combine them. Alternate translation: “Now the phrase ‘it was counted to him,’ was not written only for his sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 23 r65c writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…αὐτῷ 1 only for his benefit The pronouns **his** and **him** refer to Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham’s … to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 23 bfiw figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐγράφη…δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Moses wrote the quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses did not write it only for Abraham’s sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 23 bmlm δι’ αὐτὸν 1 Alternate translation: “for him” or “regarding him” -ROM 4 23 ae1u figs-quotemarks ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ, 1 This clause is a quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../../gen/15/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 4 23 ae1u figs-quotemarks ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ, 1 This clause is a quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 4 23 jft0 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 24 pfc9 figs-exclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς, οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 for us Here, **our** and **whom** refer to all **those who believe** in **Jesus**. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “for the sake us believers who are about to be counted, to we who believe in the one who raised from the dead ones Jesus, the Lord of us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 24 ffdm δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 See how you translated “for his sake” in the previous verse. @@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ ROM 5 2 slyh figs-abstractnouns δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγ ROM 5 2 tsbo writing-pronouns οὗ 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to “our Lord Jesus Christ,” as mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 5 2 i50u figs-exclusive καὶ…ἐσχήκαμεν…ἑστήκαμεν…καυχώμεθα 1 The pronoun **we** in this verse refers inclusively to all believers in Christ. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “we believers also have … we believers stand … we believers boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 5 2 af0n figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **grace** as if it were a location that someone could access and stand within. He means that trusting in Jesus allows believers to confidently experience how gracious God is toward his people. If your readers would not understand this, you express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to confidently experience how kind God is” or “to safely experience how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 5 2 dxcu figs-abstractnouns καυχώμεθα ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **hope and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “we may boast because we are confident that we will be glorified with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 5 2 dxcu figs-abstractnouns καυχώμεθα ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **hope** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “we may boast because we are confident that we will be glorified with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 2 zp5p figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using possessive forms to describe how **glory** relates to **God**. This could refer to: (1) the glory that God shares with believers. This was the same glory that God shared with humans when he created them, but which they lost when the first humans sinned, as mentioned in [3:23](../03/23.md). Alternate translation: “of sharing in the glory God has” or “of the glory from God” (2) glorifying God, as in the similar phrase “the glory of the imperishable God” in [1:23](../01/23.md). Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 3 q5p7 writing-pronouns οὐ μόνον δέ 1 Not only this The pronoun **this** here refers to boasting about “the hope of the glory of God,” as mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And we not only boast on the basis of the hope of the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 5 3 c644 figs-metaphor καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν 1 Here, **in our sufferings** could mean: (1) believers can **boast** about their **sufferings**. Alternate translation: “we can also boast about our sufferings” (2) believers can boast while they are experiencing **sufferings**. Alternate translation: “we can also boast when we are distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ ROM 5 18 e7cq figs-ellipsis ἄρα οὖν ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς παραπ ROM 5 18 mccf grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 **So then** indicates that what follows in [verses 18–21](../05/18.md) summarizes the ideas of [verses 12–17](../05/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a clearer expression. Alternate translation: “Finally” or “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 18 sfwg grammar-connect-logic-result δι’…δι’ 1 See how you translated **through** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 18 z0jq figs-abstractnouns παραπτώματος…κατάκριμα…δικαίωσιν 1 See how you translated these abstracts nouns in [verse 16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 5 18 n8pr figs-gendernotations πάντας ἀνθρώπους…πάντας ἀνθρώπους 2 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See how your translated **all men** in [verse 12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 5 18 n8pr figs-gendernotations πάντας ἀνθρώπους -1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See how your translated **all men** in [verse 12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 5 18 bcm2 figs-possession δικαίωσιν ζωῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **justification** relates to **life**. This could mean: (1) **justification** that leads to **life**. Alternate translation: “justification that brings eternal life” (2) **justification** that is **life**. Alternate translation: “justification, which is eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 18 bmey figs-explicit ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to “eternal life.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” or “for living forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 19 hj69 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) @@ -940,12 +940,12 @@ ROM 5 19 rgji grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ…διὰ 1 See how you tran ROM 5 19 z8r8 figs-abstractnouns τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου…τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **disobedience** and **obedience**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. You may need to supply an object for the verbs, such as “God” or “God’s command.” Alternate translation: “the one man disobeying God … the one man obeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 19 qpsm figs-explicit τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, **the one man** refers to “Adam.” See how you translated the similar use of **one man** in [verse 12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 19 q8lj figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ πολλοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the disobedience of the one man caused many to become sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 5 19 huig figs-nominaladj οἱ πολλοί…οἱ πολλοί 2 See how you translated **the many** in [verse 15](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 5 19 huig figs-nominaladj οἱ πολλοί -1 See how you translated **the many** in [verse 15](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 5 19 px2r figs-nominaladj ἁμαρτωλοὶ 1 See how you translated **sinners** in [verse 8](../05/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 5 19 bhra figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς, δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται οἱ πολλοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the obedience of the one caused many to become righteous ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 19 haks figs-explicit τοῦ ἑνὸς 2 Here, **the one** refers to “Jesus Christ.” See how you translated the third occurrence of **the one ** in [verse 17](../05/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 20 lah6 grammar-collectivenouns νόμος 1 See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 5 20 w958 figs-personification παρεισῆλθεν 1 the law came in The word translated **slipped in** can mean to sneak in unnoticed, as in [Jude 1:4](../../jud/01/04.md). Paul may be stressing how the coming of **the law** was like an unwelcome person secretly intruding at some location. If this is confusing in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “intruded like a person sneaking in unnoticed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 5 20 w958 figs-personification παρεισῆλθεν 1 the law came in The word translated **slipped in** can mean to sneak in unnoticed, as in [Jude 1:4](../jud/01/04.md). Paul may be stressing how the coming of **the law** was like an unwelcome person secretly intruding at some location. If this is confusing in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “intruded like a person sneaking in unnoticed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 20 ttcw figs-abstractnouns τὸ παράπτωμα…ἡ ἁμαρτία…ἡ χάρις 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **trespass** in [verses 15–18](../05/15.md), **sin** in [verses 12–13](../05/12.md), and **grace** in [verses 15](../05/15.md) and [17](../05/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 20 relk figs-metaphor πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα…ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the trespass**, **sin**, and **grace** as if they were objects that could increase in amount. He means that the power or influence of these concepts expanded throughout humanity. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the trespass might be more evident … sin became more evident, the grace became even more obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 20 wbh3 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα 1 This clause could refer to: (1) one of God’s purposes for giving **the law**. Alternate translation: “in order to increase the trespass” (2) the result of God giving **the law**. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “resulting in the trespass increasing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ ROM 6 4 vva7 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸ ROM 6 4 kmn3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 4 y71v figs-abstractnouns τὸν θάνατον…τῆς δόξης…ζωῆς 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **death** in [6:3](../06/03.md), **glory** in [5:2](../05/02.md), and **life** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 4 k1el grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Paul is stating one purpose for which God instituted **baptism**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to make this explicit. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order for us to walk in newness of life, just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 6 4 kado grammar-connect-words-phrases ὥσπερ… οὕτως καὶ 1 See how you translated **just as** and **so also** in the [5:19](../05/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 6 4 kado grammar-connect-words-phrases ὥσπερ…οὕτως καὶ 1 See how you translated **just as** and **so also** in the [5:19](../05/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 6 4 z6zk figs-simile ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 The point of this comparison is that the new way a Christian should live after being baptized is similar to being **raised** from the dead, like Christ was. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we should live in a new way, similar to when Christ was raised from death through the glory of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 6 4 dpy2 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the glory of the Father raised Christ from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 4 t47r figs-idiom ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life See how you translated this phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ ROM 6 13 qncn figs-possession ὅπλα ἀδικίας 1 in order that you may ROM 6 13 hlzf ὅπλα…ὅπλα 1 in order that you may obey its lusts The word translated as **tools** often refers to “weapons.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as weapons … as weapons” ROM 6 13 dq4n figs-abstractnouns ἀδικίας…δικαιοσύνης 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unrighteousness** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of what is unrighteous … of what is unrighteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 13 wq3m figs-metaphor παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul speaks figuratively of his readers as if they could offer themselves as slaves to their master, who is **God**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “devote yourselves to serving God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 13 px9k figs-simile ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας 1 in order that you may obey its lusts The point of this comparison is that Christians should live in such a way that demonstrates that they are now **dead to sin, but alive to God**, as mentioned in [verse 11](../06/11.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as those who are free from living sinfully” or “as those who are no longer controlled by living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +ROM 6 13 px9k figs-simile ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας 1 in order that you may obey its lusts The point of this comparison is that Christians should live in such a way that demonstrates that they are now **dead to sin, but alive to God**, as mentioned in [verse 11](../06/11.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as those who are free from living sinfully” or “as those who are no longer controlled by living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 6 13 vk76 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 in order that you may obey its lusts See how you translated this phrase in [verse 4](../06/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 6 13 amyo figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this from the beginning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “and present your members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 6 13 dz8u figs-possession ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul is using the possessive form to describe **tools** that are characterized by **righteousness**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “as righteous tools” or “as tools for living righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ ROM 6 15 rtts figs-quotemarks τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι ο ROM 6 15 t4cc figs-personification ὑπὸ νόμον…ὑπὸ χάριν 1 May it never be See how you translated these phrases in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 15 t52x figs-explicit μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be In this sentence Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions he wrote earlier in the verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 15 c77g figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md) and [6:2](../06/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 6 16 n5j4 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε— ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely know that to what you keep presenting yourselves as slaves for obedience, you become slaves to what you obey—whether of sin leading to death, or of obedience leading to righteousness!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 6 16 n5j4 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε—ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely know that to what you keep presenting yourselves as slaves for obedience, you become slaves to what you obey—whether of sin leading to death, or of obedience leading to righteousness!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 6 16 hn6y writing-pronouns ᾧ…ᾧ 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience The pronoun translated **what** here indicates a general reference to a thing or person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to whomever or whatever… to whomever or whatever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 6 16 g6zz figs-metaphor παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους…δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Paul speaks figuratively of people as if they could offer themselves as **slaves** to someone or something. He is referring to being controlled by someone or something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you keep being controlled by … you become controlled by what you obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 16 psrr grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ὑπακοήν 1 Here, **for** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these people are **presenting** themselves as **slaves**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to obey” or “for the purpose of obeying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) @@ -1092,7 +1092,7 @@ ROM 6 19 gt1n figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸ ROM 6 19 l4ah figs-idiom τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Here, the term **flesh** is an idiom that refers to human nature. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “your human weakness” or “your natural limitations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 6 19 psmw grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 because of the weakness of your flesh **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in [verses 17–18](../06/17.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 6 19 x2kt grammar-connect-words-phrases ὥσπερ…οὕτως 1 because of the weakness of your flesh See how you translated **just as** and **so** in the [5:19](../05/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 6 19 jbcz figs-personification παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν… παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Paul speaks figuratively of body parts as if they were **slaves** that could be offered to someone or used by someone. He means that his readers used to use use their body parts to act impurely and to disobey God’s laws, but now they should use them to live in the way God wants. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated similar phrases in [verse 13](../06/13.md). Alternative translation: “you used your members to act uncleanly and to disobey God more and more … use your members to act righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 19 jbcz figs-personification παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν…παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Paul speaks figuratively of body parts as if they were **slaves** that could be offered to someone or used by someone. He means that his readers used to use use their body parts to act impurely and to disobey God’s laws, but now they should use them to live in the way God wants. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated similar phrases in [verse 13](../06/13.md). Alternative translation: “you used your members to act uncleanly and to disobey God more and more … use your members to act righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 19 o0ta grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil The phrase **leading to** indicates result. Use a natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “resulting in sanctification” or “causing sanctification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 20 s9pk grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “This reason for this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 20 i1ze figs-personification ὅτε…δοῦλοι ἦτε τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you were free from righteousness Here, **sin** and **righteousness** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters. Paul means that when his readers had previously used their bodies to act sinfully, they were not serving God’s purposes as **slaves** of **righteousness**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when you were controlled by sin, you did not serve God” or “when you were living sinfully, you did not live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ ROM 7 7 u8gm figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be See how yo ROM 7 7 y92j grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to the idea that **the law** is sinful. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless,” or “By contrast,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 7 7 zzsf grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this sentence is an example from God’s law that illustrates the importance of **the law**. See how you translated the same use of **For** in [verse 2](../07/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 7 7 g0np figs-abstractnouns τήν…ἐπιθυμίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **covetousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what it means to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 7 7 refv writing-quotations ὁ νόμος ἔλεγεν 1 Here Paul uses **said** to indicate a quotation from **the law** that is written in the Old Testament ([Exodus 20:17](../../exo/20/17.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 7 7 refv writing-quotations ὁ νόμος ἔλεγεν 1 Here Paul uses **said** to indicate a quotation from **the law** that is written in the Old Testament ([Exodus 20:17](../exo/20/17.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 7 7 qb5v figs-personification ὁ νόμος ἔλεγεν 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a person who could say something. He means that God **said** what was written down in **the law**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God said in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 8 mz77 figs-personification ἀφορμὴν…λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, κατειργάσατο ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν 1 But sin took the opportunity … brought about every lust Here Paul speaks of **sin** figuratively as if it were a person who could take an **opportunity** and produce **covetousness** within a person. Paul means that his desire to **sin** by coveting increased when he learned the commandment that prohibits coveting. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my desire to sin, increasing as a result of the commandment, led me to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 8 fh6x figs-explicit τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 Here, **the commandment** refers specifically to the command, “You will not covet,” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the command that we should not covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ ROM 7 21 qae3 grammar-connect-logic-result ἄρα 1 that evil is actually prese ROM 7 21 y5vo figs-explicit τὸν νόμον 1 that evil is actually present in me Here, **law** refers to a rule or principle. It does not refer to the laws God gave the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this rule” or “a different kind of law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 7 21 xxq9 figs-infostructure τῷ θέλοντι ἐμοὶ ποιεῖν τὸ καλὸν, ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται 1 that evil is actually present in me If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “that evil is present in me, in me the one wanting to do good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 7 21 mo4r figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ…ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται 1 Here Paul speaks of **evil** as if it were an object that could be inside a person. Paul means that he does evil deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I … I do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 21 qn1r figs-distinguish τῷ θέλοντι…ποιεῖν τὸ καλὸν 1 Here, **the one wanting to do good** is giving further information about **me**, which refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who is the one wanting to do good (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 7 21 qn1r figs-distinguish τῷ θέλοντι…ποιεῖν τὸ καλὸν 1 Here, **the one wanting to do good** is giving further information about **me**, which refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who is the one wanting to do good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 7 21 hqp9 figs-abstractnouns τὸ καλὸν…τὸ κακὸν 1 See how you translated these abstract nouns in [verse 19](../07/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 7 22 mvod grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 the inner man **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the reason why the previous verse is true. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 7 22 x28l figs-metaphor συνήδομαι…τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the law of God** as if it were a location in which a person could **delight**. He means that God’s laws cause him to **delight**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I delight because of the law of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@ ROM 7 22 m13q figs-metaphor τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 1 the inner man He ROM 7 23 zp7t figs-metaphor βλέπω 1 a different principle in my body parts Here Paul uses **see** figuratively to refer to noticing or perceiving something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 23 fct8 figs-explicit ἕτερον νόμον 1 a different principle in my body parts Here, **a different law** refers to a rule or principle. It does not refer to the laws God gave the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this rule” or “a different kind of law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 7 23 ijp9 figs-personification ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου, ἀντιστρατευόμενον 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **a different law** as if it were a person who could fight within someone’s body parts. He means that his sinful desires caused him to use his body to do sinful things that he did not want to do. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were causing me to use my members to sin in opposition to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 23 v8d8 τοῖς μέλεσίν…τοῖς μέλεσίν 2 See how you translated **members** in [6:13](../06/13.md). +ROM 7 23 v8d8 τοῖς μέλεσίν -1 See how you translated **members** in [6:13](../06/13.md). ROM 7 23 t7yh figs-possession τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου 1 Here, **the law of my mind** could refer to: (1) a principle that Paul thinks, which is the delight for God’s laws that he said in the previous verse is in his “inner man.” Alternate translation: “the principle I have thought” or “the principle in my mind” (2) the laws God gave the Jews, which Paul says that he serves with his mind in [verse 25](../07/25.md). Alternate translation: “God’s law that is in my mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 7 23 i8w4 figs-personification αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **a different law** as if it were a person who could take someone **captive**. He means that his sinful desires controlled him against his will. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “controlling me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 23 u4ny figs-metaphor τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 Here **the law of the sin** could refer to: (1) that principle that people have a sinful nature. Alternate translation: “the law that is my sinful nature” (2) the laws God gave the Jews, which Paul previously said in [verse 5](../07/05.md) stimulate people to sin more. Alternate translation: “God’s laws that stimulate sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ ROM 8 3 v0h2 figs-synecdoche σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας…τῇ σαρκί ROM 8 3 hfr2 figs-explicit περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 to be an offering for sin This could mean: (1) Jesus was sent for the sake of doing away with sin. Alternate translation: “in order to do away with sin” (2) Jesus was an offering to pay for sin. Alternate translation: “as an offering for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 3 gid8 figs-personification κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 to be an offering for sin Here Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a guilty person whom a judge could condemn. Paul means that God removed the power that sin has to control people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he canceled the power of sin” or “he destroyed how sin controls people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 8 3 es29 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ σαρκί 1 he condemned sin in the flesh Here, **the flesh** refers specifically to Jesus’ body that died on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in his Son’s body on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 4 zcsi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which God “ condemned sin in the flesh” of Jesus. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 8 4 zcsi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which God “condemned sin in the flesh” of Jesus. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 8 4 j9ff figs-activepassive τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one doing the action could be: (1) us. Alternate translation: “we might fulfill the righteous deeds of the law” (2) God. Alternate translation: “God might fulfill in us the righteous deeds of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 4 puta figs-metaphor τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the righteous deeds of the law** as if they were something that could be located inside a person. Paul means that God enables Christians to do those **righteous deeds** that his law required. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the righteous deeds of the law might be done by us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 4 w2aa figs-possession τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **the righteous deeds** that God commanded in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the righteous deeds that the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ ROM 8 23 b5sz figs-explicit τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τοῦ Πνεύματος ROM 8 23 qyic figs-possession τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the firstfruit** that is **the Spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the firstfruit, that is, the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 8 23 wutm figs-metaphor τὴν ἀπαρχὴν 1 Here Paul uses **firstfruit** figuratively to refer to the Holy **Spirit** as if it were the first crop that was harvested during the harvest season. Paul means that the Holy **Spirit** is the first part of the blessings that God gives Christians. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the first gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 23 xun5 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 2 Paul uses the word **ourselves** here to emphasize that Christians also share in the suffering of the creation. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “our very selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ROM 8 23 ch9t figs-metaphor ἐν ἑαυτοῖς στενάζομεν 1 Here Paul uses **groan* figuratively to refer to the the emotional anguish that Christians experience while they wait to be with God in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experience emotional anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 23 ch9t figs-metaphor ἐν ἑαυτοῖς στενάζομεν 1 Here Paul uses **groan** figuratively to refer to the the emotional anguish that Christians experience while they wait to be with God in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experience emotional anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 23 tiij figs-abstractnouns υἱοθεσίαν…τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **adoption** in [verse 15](../08/15.md) and **redemption** in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 8 23 k1wy figs-explicit υἱοθεσίαν ἀπεκδεχόμενοι 1 Here, **our adoption** refers to when we will become full members of God’s family, as adopted sons. Alternate translation: “waiting for when we are fully members of God’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 23 qsb9 figs-genericnoun τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν 1 Paul is speaking of the bodies of believers in general, not of one particular body. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “of our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) @@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ ROM 8 27 rgcb figs-abstractnouns τὸ φρόνημα 1 See how you translated ROM 8 27 fgdd figs-explicit κατὰ Θεὸν 1 Here, **God** implies God’s will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 28 u0ev figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθόν…πρόθεσιν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **good** and **purpose**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is good … what he purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 8 28 q3ce figs-activepassive τοῖς…κλητοῖς οὖσιν 2 for those who are called If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for those whom God called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 29 m3vv figs-explicit οὓς προέγνω 1 Here, **foreknew** could mean: (1) God had determined to know them ahead of time, which is how this word is used in [1 Peter 1:20](../../1pe/01/20.md). Alternate translation: “whom he chose beforehand” (2) God knew what they would do ahead of time. Alternate translation: “whom he knew beforehand,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 29 m3vv figs-explicit οὓς προέγνω 1 Here, **foreknew** could mean: (1) God had determined to know them ahead of time, which is how this word is used in [1 Peter 1:20](../1pe/01/20.md). Alternate translation: “whom he chose beforehand” (2) God knew what they would do ahead of time. Alternate translation: “whom he knew beforehand,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 29 xhn2 figs-metaphor συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 to be conformed to the image of his Son Here, **image** refers to how Christians will one day resemble Jesus. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated **image** in [1:23](../01/23.md). Alternate translation: “to be a similar form that is like his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 29 yuw2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the **Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 8 29 ojxg grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Son Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) @@ -1528,7 +1528,7 @@ ROM 8 35 q2dc figs-doublet θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία 1 Tribulation ROM 8 35 kcjr figs-metonymy ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Here, **sword** refers to being killed violently. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or being killed violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 8 36 clec writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 8 36 f2de figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by the sons of Korah. Alternate translation: “just as the sons of Korah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 36 wegb figs-quotemarks ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ, θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν; ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς 1 In these clauses Paul quotes [Psalm 44:22](../../psa/44/22.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 8 36 wegb figs-quotemarks ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ, θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν; ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς 1 In these clauses Paul quotes [Psalm 44:22](../psa/044/022.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 8 36 t67y figs-yousingular ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ 1 For your benefit Here, **your** is singular and refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For your sake, God,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 8 36 s7wj figs-exclusive θανατούμεθα…ἐλογίσθημεν 1 we are killed all day long Here, **we** refers to the people who wrote this verse. It does not refer to God, who is the one being spoken to. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 8 36 phxq figs-activepassive θανατούμεθα…ἐλογίσθημεν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “our enemies put us to death … they consider us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1542,14 +1542,14 @@ ROM 8 37 wcm6 figs-explicit τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 through ROM 8 38 fch1 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is an explanation of what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 8 38 dgky figs-activepassive πέπεισμαι 1 I have been convinced If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God convinced me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 38 ok7f figs-abstractnouns θάνατος…ζωὴ…ἀρχαὶ…δυνάμεις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **death**, **life**, **governments**, or **powers**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “being dead…being alive … those who govern … powerful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 8 38 js9q figs-explicit ἀρχαὶ 1 governments Here, **governments** could refer to: (1) demons, which is usually how Paul uses this word ([1 Corinthians 15:24](../../1co/15/24.md), [Ephesians 6:12](../../eph/06/12.md)). Alternate translation: “ruling demons” (2) human kings and rulers. Alternate translation: “human rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 38 q7ti figs-explicit δυνάμεις 1 nor powers This could refer to: (1) demons with power, which is how Paul uses this word in [1 Corinthians 15:24](../../1co/15/24.md) and [Ephesians 1:21](../../eph/01/21.md). Alternate translation: “demonic powers” (2) human beings with power. Alternate translation: “powerful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 38 js9q figs-explicit ἀρχαὶ 1 governments Here, **governments** could refer to: (1) demons, which is usually how Paul uses this word ([1 Corinthians 15:24](../1co/15/24.md), [Ephesians 6:12](../eph/06/12.md)). Alternate translation: “ruling demons” (2) human kings and rulers. Alternate translation: “human rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 38 q7ti figs-explicit δυνάμεις 1 nor powers This could refer to: (1) demons with power, which is how Paul uses this word in [1 Corinthians 15:24](../1co/15/24.md) and [Ephesians 1:21](../eph/01/21.md). Alternate translation: “demonic powers” (2) human beings with power. Alternate translation: “powerful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 39 ppaz figs-metonymy ὕψωμα…βάθος 1 nor powers Here, **height** refers to everything that exists above a person, and **depth** refers to everything that exists below a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that is above us … everything that is below us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 8 39 ajct figs-activepassive τις κτίσις ἑτέρα 1 nor powers If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “any other thing that God has created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 39 sd7j figs-metaphor δυνήσεται ἡμᾶς χωρίσαι ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 nor powers See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 35](../08/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 39 fr5b figs-distinguish τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 nor powers Here, **which** marks that Paul is giving further information about **the love of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “that is, the love of God in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 8 39 tot5 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 nor powers See how you translated this phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 intro w6f4 0 # Romans 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
* Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)
* God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)
* God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)
* No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)

Chapter 9 begins a new topic in this letter. In Chapters 9-11, Paul focuses on the nation of Israel.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 25-29](../09/25.md) and [33](../09/33.md) of this chapter. Paul quotes all of these words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Predestination

Many scholars believe that in this chapter Paul teaches extensively on a subject known as “predestination.” Some take this to indicate that God has chosen some people to eternally save from before the world existed. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject, so translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Stone of stumbling

In [verses 30–33](../09/30.md) Paul explains that God made some Gentiles righteous because they believed in Jesus, but most Jews rejected Jesus because they were trying to obey the Law of Moses to become righteous. Paul quotes [Isaiah 8:14] and [28:16] to describe Jesus as if he were a stone that the Jews trip over when walking. See the translations and notes for how Peter uses these same verses from Isaiah in [1 Peter 2:6](../../1pe/02/06.md), [8](../../1pe/02/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 9 intro w6f4 0 # Romans 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
* Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)
* God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)
* God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)
* No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)

Chapter 9 begins a new topic in this letter. In Chapters 9-11, Paul focuses on the nation of Israel.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 25-29](../09/25.md) and [33](../09/33.md) of this chapter. Paul quotes all of these words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Predestination

Many scholars believe that in this chapter Paul teaches extensively on a subject known as “predestination.” Some take this to indicate that God has chosen some people to eternally save from before the world existed. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject, so translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Stone of stumbling

In [verses 30–33](../09/30.md) Paul explains that God made some Gentiles righteous because they believed in Jesus, but most Jews rejected Jesus because they were trying to obey the Law of Moses to become righteous. Paul quotes [Isaiah 8:14] and [28:16] to describe Jesus as if he were a stone that the Jews trip over when walking. See the translations and notes for how Peter uses these same verses from Isaiah in [1 Peter 2:6](../1pe/02/06.md), [8](../1pe/02/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 1 yg93 figs-doublet ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the absolute truth in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 9 1 igs8 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 1 h9mp figs-personification συνμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς 1 Here Paul uses **conscience** as if it were a person bearing witness in a courtroom. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:15](../02/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ ROM 9 3 eg9b figs-metonymy τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου 1 brothers Here, **br ROM 9 3 gn5p figs-distinguish τῶν συγγενῶν μου, κατὰ σάρκα 1 brothers This clause gives us further information about **my brothers**. If it might be helpful in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who are those of my own race according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 9 3 qckq figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 brothers See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 9 4 p1ys figs-distinguish οἵτινές εἰσιν Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 They are Israelites This phrase gives us further information about “my brothers” in the previous verse. If it might be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “those brothers of mine are Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 9 4 jfzg figs-abstractnouns ἡ υἱοθεσία…ἡ δόξα…ἡ νομοθεσία…ἡ λατρεία…αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **adoption**, **glory**, law-giving**, **service**, and **promises**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “being adopted … glorious things … being given the law … serving … what has been promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 9 4 jfzg figs-abstractnouns ἡ υἱοθεσία…ἡ δόξα…ἡ νομοθεσία…ἡ λατρεία…αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **adoption**, **glory**, **law-giving**, **service**, and **promises**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “being adopted … glorious things … being given the law … serving … what has been promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 4 l6vs figs-metaphor ἡ υἱοθεσία 1 They have adoption **Here, **adoption** refers to the idea that the **Israelites were like God’s children. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the status as God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 4 n2vu figs-explicit ἡ νομοθεσία 1 Here, **the law-giving** refers to God giving his laws to the Jews. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the giving of God’s laws to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 4 vu6j figs-explicit ἡ λατρεία 1 Here, **the service** refers to Jewish worship in the temple, which was a way of serving God. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “serving God in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1586,8 +1586,8 @@ ROM 9 7 kpls figs-metaphor πάντες τέκνα 1 Here, **children** refers ROM 9 7 pmfj translate-names Ἀβραάμ 1 See how you translated this name in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 9 7 y86t figs-metaphor σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ…σοι σπέρμα 1 Here, **seed** refers to refers to physical descendants of **Abraham** who trust in Jesus, as did the second occurrence of “Israel” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “true descendants of Abraham … your true seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 7 o3e4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is a strong contrast from what was said in the previous sentence. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 9 7 kbnn writing-quotations ἀλλ’ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 21:12](../../gen/21/12.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, God says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 9 7 z2f3 figs-quotemarks ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Genesis 21:12](../../gen/21/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 9 7 kbnn writing-quotations ἀλλ’ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 21:12](../gen/21/12.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, God says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 9 7 z2f3 figs-quotemarks ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Genesis 21:12](../gen/21/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 7 dzhb translate-names Ἰσαὰκ 1 **Isaac** is the name of a man, the son of **Abraham**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 9 7 wam8 figs-yousingular ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 1 Here, **your** refers to **Abraham** and so is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham, in Isaac your seed will be called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 9 7 obgo figs-metaphor ἐν Ἰσαὰκ 1 Here, **in Isaac** means “through the descendants of Isaac.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through Isaac’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1600,10 +1600,10 @@ ROM 9 8 z5no figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of the ROM 9 8 h751 figs-explicit τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of the promise Here, **the promise** refers to God’s promise to give Abraham descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise God made to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 8 p768 figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 See how you translated **seed** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 9 f4ap grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 9 9 ptfv writing-quotations ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 this is the word of promise This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 18:10](../../gen/18/10.md), [14](../../gen/18/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “this is the word of promise that God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 9 9 ptfv writing-quotations ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 this is the word of promise This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 18:10](../gen/18/10.md), [14](../gen/18/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “this is the word of promise that God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 9 9 up57 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος 1 this is the word of promise Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is a **promise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the word that was promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 9 9 vplh figs-metonymy ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος 1 this is the word of promise Here, Paul used the term **word** to describe what God had said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 9 9 sufo figs-quotemarks κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον, ἐλεύσομαι, καὶ ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός 1 this is the word of promise This sentence is a quotation from [Genesis 18:10](../../gen/18/10.md), [14](../../gen/18/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 9 9 sufo figs-quotemarks κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον, ἐλεύσομαι, καὶ ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός 1 this is the word of promise This sentence is a quotation from [Genesis 18:10](../gen/18/10.md), [14](../gen/18/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 9 r9dw writing-pronouns ἐλεύσομαι 1 this is the word of promise The pronoun **I** here refers to God. If it might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 9 9 hxl1 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 this is the word of promise Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the result of what happened in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result will be that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 9 9 h4kf figs-ellipsis ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός 1 this is the word of promise This clause is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “a son will be born to Sarah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -1625,13 +1625,13 @@ ROM 9 12 h6uj figs-explicit ἔργων 1 Here, **works** refers to human actio ROM 9 12 d6mr figs-explicit τοῦ καλοῦντος 1 because of him Here, **the one who calls** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 12 sie3 figs-ellipsis τοῦ καλοῦντος 1 because of him Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “the one who calls people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 9 12 wv7n figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ 1 it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God said to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 9 12 fcho writing-quotations ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ 1 it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.” This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 25:23](../../gen/25/23.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it was said to her, as recorded in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 9 12 fcho writing-quotations ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ 1 it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.” This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 25:23](../gen/25/23.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it was said to her, as recorded in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 9 12 y9cc writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.” Here, the pronoun **her** refers to Rebekah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 9 12 hwwn figs-quotemarks ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι 1 it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.” This sentence is a quotation from [Genesis 25:23](../../gen/25/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 9 12 hwwn figs-quotemarks ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι 1 it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.” This sentence is a quotation from [Genesis 25:23](../gen/25/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 12 b8px figs-explicit ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι 1 it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.” The phrases **the older** and **the younger** refer to Rebekah’s **older** and **younger** sons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 13 heon writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 9 13 mxfw figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by the prophet Malachi and God is the person speaking. Alternate translation: “It is just as God had Malachi write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 9 13 xt7t figs-quotemarks τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ Ἠσαῦ ἐμίσησα 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated This sentence is a quotation from [Malachi 1:2–3](../../mal/01/02.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 9 13 xt7t figs-quotemarks τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ Ἠσαῦ ἐμίσησα 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated This sentence is a quotation from [Malachi 1:2–3](../mal/01/02.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 13 jb9k translate-names Ἰακὼβ…Ἠσαῦ 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated **Jacob** and **Esau** are the names of men, the twin sons of Isaac and Rebekah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 9 13 jcfs writing-pronouns ἠγάπησα…ἐμίσησα 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated The pronoun **I** here refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, loved … I hated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 9 13 y3zu figs-hyperbole ἐμίσησα 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated Paul quotes God using the word **hated** as an exaggeration to say that he did not love Esau and had completely rejected him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I completely rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -1643,11 +1643,11 @@ ROM 9 14 euci figs-metaphor μὴ ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 Here ROM 9 14 s1hm figs-explicit μὴ γένοιτο! 1 May it never be In this sentence Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 14 jrp5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο! 1 May it never be See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md) and [6:2](../06/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 9 15 x9ri grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For he says to Moses **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 9 15 k9i0 writing-quotations τῷ Μωϋσεῖ γὰρ λέγει 1 For he says to Moses Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Exodus 33:19](../../exo/33/19.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For he says to Moses what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 9 15 k9i0 writing-quotations τῷ Μωϋσεῖ γὰρ λέγει 1 For he says to Moses Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Exodus 33:19](../exo/33/19.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For he says to Moses what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 9 15 v2x6 writing-pronouns λέγει…ἐλεήσω…ἐλεῶ…οἰκτειρήσω…οἰκτείρω 1 For he says to Moses The pronouns **he** and **I** here refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God says … ‘I, God, will have mercy … I will have mercy … I, God, will have compassion … I will have compassion’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 9 15 kq2c figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 For he says to Moses Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 9 15 tjgf translate-names Μωϋσεῖ 1 See how you translated this name in [5:14](../05/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 9 15 c2t0 figs-quotemarks ἐλεήσω ὃν ἂν ἐλεῶ, καὶ οἰκτειρήσω ὃν ἂν οἰκτείρω 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Exodus 33:19](../../exo/33/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 9 15 c2t0 figs-quotemarks ἐλεήσω ὃν ἂν ἐλεῶ, καὶ οἰκτειρήσω ὃν ἂν οἰκτείρω 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Exodus 33:19](../exo/33/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 15 f61q figs-abstractnouns ἐλεήσω ὃν ἂν ἐλεῶ, καὶ οἰκτειρήσω ὃν ἂν οἰκτείρω 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **mercy** and **compassion**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “I will act mercifully to whomever I will act mercifully, and I will act compassionately to whomever I will act compassionately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 15 f1hi figs-parallelism ἐλεήσω ὃν ἂν ἐλεῶ, καὶ οἰκτειρήσω ὃν ἂν οἰκτείρω 1 These statements use parallelism internally and between each other. They emphasize that God does whatever he wants. If this form of parallelism would be misunderstood in your language, consider another form that emphasizes that God is graciously kind to exactly those and only those to whom he chooses to show kindness, and he does so without outside influence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 9 16 y06j grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 **So then** indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 11–15](../09/11.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a clearer expression. See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) @@ -1658,10 +1658,10 @@ ROM 9 16 plbr figs-distinguish τοῦ ἐλεῶντος 1 This phrase gives u ROM 9 16 p1fn figs-abstractnouns τοῦ ἐλεῶντος 1 See how you translated **mercy** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 17 st77 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For the scripture says **For** here indicates that what follows is the another reason why what Paul said in [verse 14](../09/14.md) is true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I said previously is also true due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 9 17 x1cj figs-personification λέγει…ἡ Γραφὴ τῷ Φαραὼ 1 For the scripture says Here Paul uses **the scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. He means that the scripture he is about to quote contains information that God said to **Pharaoh**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God says to Pharaoh in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 9 17 e0r9 writing-quotations λέγει…ἡ Γραφὴ τῷ Φαραὼ 1 For the scripture says This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Exodus 9:16](../../exo/09/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God said to Pharaoh in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 9 17 e0r9 writing-quotations λέγει…ἡ Γραφὴ τῷ Φαραὼ 1 For the scripture says This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Exodus 9:16](../exo/09/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God said to Pharaoh in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 9 17 w1ki figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 For the scripture says Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 9 17 hadc translate-names τῷ Φαραὼ 1 For the scripture says **Pharaoh** is the title for the man who was the king of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 9 17 ipl3 figs-quotemarks ὅτι εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐξήγειρά σε, ὅπως ἐνδείξωμαι ἐν σοὶ τὴν δύναμίν μου, καὶ ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Exodus 9:16](../../exo/09/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 9 17 ipl3 figs-quotemarks ὅτι εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐξήγειρά σε, ὅπως ἐνδείξωμαι ἐν σοὶ τὴν δύναμίν μου, καὶ ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Exodus 9:16](../exo/09/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 17 wfwo figs-abstractnouns αὐτὸ τοῦτο 1 See how you translated **purpose** in [verse 11](../09/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 17 xu7s writing-pronouns ἐξήγειρά σε…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου 1 I … my Here the pronouns **I** and **my** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, raised you up … I might demonstrate my” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 9 17 pz5x figs-idiom ἐξήγειρά σε 1 I raised you up Paul quotes God using the phrase **raised you up** to refer to causing someone to become king. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a comparable idiom or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “I caused you to become king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1730,22 +1730,22 @@ ROM 9 24 yowi grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ…ἡμᾶς 1 also for us H ROM 9 24 y6vp figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 also for us The pronoun **us** here refers to Paul and his fellow believers. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 9 24 t8rn writing-pronouns ἐκάλεσεν 1 called Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 9 24 zp1t figs-distinguish οὐ μόνον ἐξ Ἰουδαίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ ἐθνῶν 1 called This phrase gives further information about the people **whom** God **called**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who are those people not only from the Jews, but also from the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 9 25 eqc2 writing-quotations ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει 1 This phrase indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse are quotations from an Old Testament book ([Hosea 2:23](../../hos/02/23.md); [1:10](../../hos/01/10.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “As he says also in the scripture written by Hosea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 9 25 eqc2 writing-quotations ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει 1 This phrase indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse are quotations from an Old Testament book ([Hosea 2:23](../hos/02/23.md); [1:10](../hos/01/10.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “As he says also in the scripture written by Hosea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 9 25 ewb4 writing-pronouns λέγει…καλέσω…μου…μου 1 Here, **he**, **I**, and **my** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God says … I, God, will call … my … my” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 9 25 is9f figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 9 25 m82v translate-names τῷ Ὡσηὲ 1 Hosea **Hosea** is the name of a man, an Old Testament prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 9 25 f0rx figs-quotemarks καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου, λαόν μου, καὶ τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Hosea 2:23](../../hos/02/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 9 25 f0rx figs-quotemarks καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου, λαόν μου, καὶ τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Hosea 2:23](../hos/02/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 25 yy15 figs-activepassive τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην 1 her beloved who was not beloved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom I did not love, ‘One I love’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 9 26 t46e figs-quotemarks καὶ ἔσται ἐν τῷ τόπῳ οὗ ἐρρέθη αὐτοῖς, οὐ λαός μου ὑμεῖς, ἐκεῖ κληθήσονται υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 her beloved who was not beloved This verse is a quotation from [Hosea 1:10](../../hos/01/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 9 26 t46e figs-quotemarks καὶ ἔσται ἐν τῷ τόπῳ οὗ ἐρρέθη αὐτοῖς, οὐ λαός μου ὑμεῖς, ἐκεῖ κληθήσονται υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 her beloved who was not beloved This verse is a quotation from [Hosea 1:10](../hos/01/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 26 ciif figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 her beloved who was not beloved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context indicates that God said this in first person. Alternate translation: “I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 26 yh4w figs-activepassive κληθήσονται 1 her beloved who was not beloved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one doing the action could be: (1) God. Alternate translation: “I will call them” (2) people in general. Alternate translation: “people will call them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 26 wpuw figs-metaphor υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 sons of the living God See how you translated **sons** in [8:14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 26 brl6 figs-idiom Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 sons of the living God Here, **the living God** identifies God as the one who lives and possibly as the one who gives life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the God who is alive” or “the God who gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 9 27 oej1 writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας δὲ κράζει ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 sons of the living God This phrase indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 10:22–23](../../isa/10/22.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, as recorded in the Scriptures, Isaiah cries out concerning Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 9 27 oej1 writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας δὲ κράζει ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 sons of the living God This phrase indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 10:22–23](../isa/10/22.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, as recorded in the Scriptures, Isaiah cries out concerning Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 9 27 i93k translate-names Ἠσαΐας 1 **Isaiah** is the name of a man, an Old Testament prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 9 27 zqi1 figs-pastforfuture κράζει 1 cries out Here Paul uses the present tense verb **cries out** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “cried out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 9 27 xjca figs-metaphor Ἰσραήλ 1 cries out Here, **Israel** refers to the the Israelites. They are the descendants of Jacob, whom God also called **Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Israelites” or “the descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 27 kgza figs-quotemarks ἐὰν ᾖ ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ, ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης, τὸ ὑπόλειμμα σωθήσεται. 1 cries out This sentence is the beginning of a quotation from [Isaiah 10:22–23](../../isa/10/22.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 9 27 kgza figs-quotemarks ἐὰν ᾖ ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ, ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης, τὸ ὑπόλειμμα σωθήσεται. 1 cries out This sentence is the beginning of a quotation from [Isaiah 10:22–23](../isa/10/22.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 27 b0is figs-metaphor τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ 1 cries out Here, the word **sons** means refers to descendants. Paul quotes Isaiah identifying the Israelites as descendants of their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as **Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 27 cxzn translate-names Ἰσραὴλ 1 **Israel** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 9 27 qr8l figs-ellipsis ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης, 1 Paul quotes Isaiah leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “as the number of the grains of sand of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -1757,14 +1757,14 @@ ROM 9 28 rupx grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates th ROM 9 28 cm32 figs-metonymy λόγον 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth Here, **word** refers to God’s promise to both punish the Israelites and save a remnant from among them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his promise to punish and save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 9 28 pqri figs-explicit συντελῶν 1 Here, **finishing** refers to successfully completing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “successfully completing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 28 md3o figs-metaphor συντέμνων 1 Here, **cutting it short** refers to finish doing something quickly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ending it quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 28 x832 figs-quotemarks 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth The end of this verse is the end of a quotation from [Isaiah 10:22–23](../../isa/10/22.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 9 29 gq8u writing-quotations καὶ καθὼς προείρηκεν Ἠσαΐας 1 This phrase indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 1:9](../../isa/01/09.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And just as Isaiah has said beforehand in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 9 28 x832 figs-quotemarks 0 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth The end of this verse is the end of a quotation from [Isaiah 10:22–23](../isa/10/22.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 9 29 gq8u writing-quotations καὶ καθὼς προείρηκεν Ἠσαΐας 1 This phrase indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 1:9](../isa/01/09.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And just as Isaiah has said beforehand in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 9 29 a0lg translate-names Ἠσαΐας 1 See how you translated this name in [verse 27](../09/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 9 29 xem9 figs-quotemarks εἰ μὴ Κύριος Σαβαὼθ ἐνκατέλιπεν ἡμῖν σπέρμα, ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 1:9](../../isa/01/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 9 29 xem9 figs-quotemarks εἰ μὴ Κύριος Σαβαὼθ ἐνκατέλιπεν ἡμῖν σπέρμα, ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 1:9](../isa/01/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἂν ἐγενήθημεν…ὡμοιώθημεν 1 us … we Here the pronouns **us** and **we** refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 9 29 iqy3 figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 us … we Here, **seed** is singular but refers to a group of people. See how you translated **seed** in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 29 scjg translate-names Σόδομα…Γόμορρα 1 **Sodom** and **Gomorrah** are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 9 29 yicp figs-explicit ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 Paul’s readers would have known that **Sodom** and **Gomorrah** were cities that God completely destroyed because the people who lived in them were very wicked ([Genesis 19](../../gen/19/01.md)). If your readers might not be familiar with this story, you could state this explicitly or indicate this in a note. Alternate translation: “we would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom, and we would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 9 29 yicp figs-explicit ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 Paul’s readers would have known that **Sodom** and **Gomorrah** were cities that God completely destroyed because the people who lived in them were very wicked ([Genesis 19](../gen/19/01.md)). If your readers might not be familiar with this story, you could state this explicitly or indicate this in a note. Alternate translation: “we would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom, and we would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 29 mkmt figs-parallelism ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that Israel could have been completely destroyed by God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “we would have become just like Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 9 29 obdz figs-activepassive ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God would have made us like Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 30 xv7y grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in [verses 20–29](../09/20.md). See how you translated this phrase in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) @@ -1787,7 +1787,7 @@ ROM 9 32 hzww figs-metaphor προσέκοψαν τῷ λίθῳ τοῦ προ ROM 9 32 r14f figs-possession τῷ λίθῳ τοῦ προσκόμματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **stone** that causes **stumbling**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the stone that causes stumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 9 33 kx9c writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written See how you translated this phrase in [1:17]. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 9 33 ivt3 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by the prophet Isaiah and God is the person speaking. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” or “just as God said through Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 9 33 uo7d figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, τίθημι ἐν Σιὼν λίθον προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται. 1 This sentence is Paul’s paraphrase of parts of [Isaiah 8:14](../../isa/08/14.md) and [28:16](../../isa/28/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 9 33 uo7d figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, τίθημι ἐν Σιὼν λίθον προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται. 1 This sentence is Paul’s paraphrase of parts of [Isaiah 8:14](../isa/08/14.md) and [28:16](../isa/28/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 33 m6ll figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Paul quotes Isaiah using the term **Behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on what he is about to say. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 33 hmmn writing-pronouns τίθημι 1 In this quotation from the Old Testament, **I** refers to God. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 9 33 dy6x figs-metonymy ἐν Σιὼν 1 in Zion Here, **Zion** refers to the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1818,37 +1818,37 @@ ROM 10 4 nprh grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Here, ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 4 z3z9 figs-ellipsis παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes See how you translated **everyone who believes** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 10 5 vsyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 10 5 ozvf writing-quotations Μωϋσῆς…γράφει τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Leviticus 18:5](../../lev/18/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Moses writes in the Scriptures about the righteousness that is from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 10 5 ozvf writing-quotations Μωϋσῆς…γράφει τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Leviticus 18:5](../lev/18/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Moses writes in the Scriptures about the righteousness that is from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 5 m8my figs-pastforfuture γράφει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **writes** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about being righteous based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 5 dufv grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md) and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 10 5 jyjx figs-quotemarks ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law In this sentence Paul quotes [Leviticus 18:5](../../lev/18/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 10 5 jyjx figs-quotemarks ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law In this sentence Paul quotes [Leviticus 18:5](../lev/18/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 5 bh04 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul quotes Moses using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “man or woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 5 kt66 figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Here, **these things** refers to everything that God commanded the Jews in the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 e3po figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Paul quotes Moses implying that the person must do all of **these things** perfectly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things perfectly” or “every single one of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qkz4 figs-explicit ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “will live forever” (2) a mortal life that God blesses. Alternate translation: “will stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 gsls writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 will live Here, **it** refers to the Law of Moses, which was called **these things** earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 6 knmo grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 10 6 r3ey writing-quotations ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 9:4](../../deu/09/04.md); [30:12–14](../../deu/30/12.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the righteousness by faith says thus in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 10 6 r3ey writing-quotations ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 9:4](../deu/09/04.md); [30:12–14](../deu/30/12.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the righteousness by faith says thus in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη…λέγει 1 Here, **righteousness** is described as if it were a person who could speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But Moses says thus about the righteousness by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 6 cgv8 figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated **righteousness** in [6:13](../06/13.md) and **by faith** in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 6 ksbr figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -ROM 10 6 ezma figs-quotemarks μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 9:4](../../deu/09/04.md) and [Deuteronomy 30:12](../../deu/30/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 10 6 ezma figs-quotemarks μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 9:4](../deu/09/04.md) and [Deuteronomy 30:12](../deu/30/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd σου 1 Do not say in your heart Here Paul quotes Moses addressing the people of Israel as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 See how you translated **heart** in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 6 tf9r figs-rquestion τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 Who will ascend into heaven? Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely no one can ascend into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 6 gi7s figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means to make Christ come down to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 6 y5c3 grammar-connect-logic-goal Χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν 1 that is, to bring Christ down Here, **to** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of bringing Christ down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 10 7 g827 writing-quotations ἤ 1 Paul uses **or** here to connect a quotation from [Deuteronomy 30:12](../../deu/30/12.md) with a paraphrase of [Deuteronomy 30:13](../../deu/30/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that shows this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses also said not to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 10 7 j2t4 figs-quotemarks τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον 1 In this sentence Paul paraphrases [Deuteronomy 30:13](../../deu/30/13.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 10 7 g827 writing-quotations ἤ 1 Paul uses **or** here to connect a quotation from [Deuteronomy 30:12](../deu/30/12.md) with a paraphrase of [Deuteronomy 30:13](../deu/30/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that shows this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses also said not to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 10 7 j2t4 figs-quotemarks τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον 1 In this sentence Paul paraphrases [Deuteronomy 30:13](../deu/30/13.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 7 w8xe figs-rquestion τίς καταβήσεται εἰς τὴν Ἄβυσσον? 1 Who will descend into the abyss Paul quotes Moses using a question to teach his audience. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely no one can descend into the abyss!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 7 gw0r figs-explicit τοῦτ’ ἔστιν Χριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν 1 In this clause Paul explains the meaning of the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That means to make Christ come up from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 7 iw13 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν 1 from the dead See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 10 8 ian2 writing-quotations τί λέγει? 1 Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 30:14](../../deu/30/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what does it say in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 10 8 ian2 writing-quotations τί λέγει? 1 Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 30:14](../deu/30/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what does it say in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 8 sen1 figs-rquestion τί λέγει? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “it surely says,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification τί λέγει? 1 But what does it say? The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” referred to in [verse 6](../10/06.md). Here Paul continues to describe righteousness as if it were a person who could speak. See how you translated “the righteousness by faith says” in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 8 n63g figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 But what does it say? Here Paul uses the present tense verb **say** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “did it say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -ROM 10 8 hybn figs-quotemarks ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 But what does it say? In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 30:14](../../deu/30/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 10 8 hybn figs-quotemarks ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 But what does it say? In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 30:14](../deu/30/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-metaphor ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses speaking of the **word** as if it were an object that could be **near** or **in** someone. He means that God’s message could be easily known and spoken by Moses’ audience. Alternate translation: “You can easily know and speak the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 10 8 sx8r figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses using **word** to describe what God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 wpvg figs-youcrowd σου…σου…σου 1 The word is near you Here Paul quotes Moses addressing the people of Israel as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of your in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) @@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@ ROM 10 10 h20k figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 See how you translat ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-explicit στόματι…ὁμολογεῖται 1 with the mouth See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 10 uroy figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν 1 with the mouth See how you translated this abstract noun in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 11 rlqi grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 10 11 r6tf writing-quotations λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 28:16](../../isa/28/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 10 11 r6tf writing-quotations λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 28:16](../isa/28/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Here Paul uses **the scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God says in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 11 whdz figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame See how you translated this sentence in [9:33](../09/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1883,8 +1883,8 @@ ROM 10 12 r2jx figs-nominaladj πάντων…πάντας 1 For there is no dif ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **being rich** means to bless others generously. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he richly blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 12 oe6l figs-explicit ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 Here, **call on** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who call upon him to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 13 cxph grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 10 13 t4j7 writing-quotations γὰρ 1 **For** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Joel 2:32](../../jol/02/32.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For Joel wrote in the Scriptures that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 10 13 gpyj figs-quotemarks πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Joel 2:32](../../jol/02/32.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 10 13 t4j7 writing-quotations γὰρ 1 **For** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Joel 2:32](../jol/02/32.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For Joel wrote in the Scriptures that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 10 13 gpyj figs-quotemarks πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Joel 2:32](../jol/02/32.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 13 qvbd figs-nominaladj πᾶς 1 See how you translated **all** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 10 13 n4yp figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 See how you translated “call on” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here, **the name of the Lord** represents **the Lord** himself. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1901,15 +1901,15 @@ ROM 10 15 nqwf writing-pronouns κηρύξωσιν…ἀποσταλῶσιν 1 ROM 10 15 l0xu figs-activepassive ἀποσταλῶσιν 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 15 atg0 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 15 ylan figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Isaiah wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 15 bb0k figs-quotemarks ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news This sentence is a quotation of [Isaiah 52:7](../../isa/52/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 10 15 bb0k figs-quotemarks ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news This sentence is a quotation of [Isaiah 52:7](../isa/52/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Here, **feet** refers to the action of going to other people and telling them the **good news**. If it would be helpful, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How beautiful is the going and preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 16 gxqu grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 not all of them obeyed **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 10 16 hku8 writing-pronouns οὐ πάντες 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** could refer to (1) the Jews, who are the main topic of chapters 9–11. Alternate translation: “not all of the Jews” (2) all people, as in [verses 13–15](../10/13.md). Alternate translation: “not everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 16 dqe6 figs-personification ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul speaks of **the gospel** as if it were a person who could be **obeyed**. Paul is referring to obeying the command to repent and believe the **gospel**, which is part of the **gospel** message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeyed what God commanded in the gospel” or “believed the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 16 eze8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 not all of them obeyed **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 10 16 o91x writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας…λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 10 16 o91x writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας…λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 53:1](../isa/53/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 16 e25r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -ROM 10 16 jvah figs-quotemarks Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 10 16 jvah figs-quotemarks Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Isaiah is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, surely no one has believed our report!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 16 z4s9 figs-exclusive τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah, which would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 10 16 yore figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **report**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what we report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -1927,8 +1927,8 @@ ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? 1 But I say, “Did ROM 10 18 djbd figs-explicit ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly See how you translated **they** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 18 wxxj figs-doublenegatives μὴ οὐκ 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 10 18 zux3 figs-explicit μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly See how you translated **hear** in [verse 14](../10/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 18 lz77 writing-quotations εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 This sentence is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 19:4](../../psa/19/04.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “David says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 10 18 tnzy figs-quotemarks εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. In this sentence Paul quotes [Psalm 19:4](../../psa/19/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 10 18 lz77 writing-quotations εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 This sentence is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 19:4](../psa/019/004.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “David says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 10 18 tnzy figs-quotemarks εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. In this sentence Paul quotes [Psalm 19:4](../psa/019/004.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes David saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “What they said went everywhere in the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 10 18 g4vd figs-personification εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 In this sentence **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars as if they were people who could make a **sound** or speak **words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The sun, moon, and the stars are proof that went out into all the earth, and they are proof to the ends of the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 18 e2nx figs-idiom τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης 1 This is an idiom that refers to everywhere people live on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everywhere on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ ROM 10 19 imik figs-quotemarks μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω…ἐγὼ ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Israel most surely knew!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 19 zyw0 figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here Paul uses the word **Israel** to refer to the physical descendants of Jacob, whom God also called Israel. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 19 dkcp figs-doublenegatives μὴ…οὐκ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ROM 10 19 k4gk writing-quotations Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 32:21](../../deu/32/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Moses says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 10 19 k4gk writing-quotations Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 32:21](../deu/32/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Moses says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-explicit Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 This phrase means that Moses wrote down what God said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote down that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 yt4r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 19 qvfa figs-parallelism ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς, ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει, ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ, παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes God saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I myself will make you jealous and angry by using a non-nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -1948,20 +1948,20 @@ ROM 10 19 vxzz figs-explicit ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς…παρο ROM 10 19 o0gr figs-abstractnouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **jealousy** and **anger**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “I myself will cause you to become jealous … I will cause you to become angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 19 ve6t figs-explicit ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation The phrase **a non-nation** refers to a group of people whom God did not previously have a relationship with. The meaning of **non-nation** is similar to “not my people” used in [9:25–26](../09/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by those people who did not belong to me” or “by those people whom I did not consider to be a nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here, **senseless** means that these people do not know God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by a nation with people who do not know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 20 mrwz writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:1](../../isa/65/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah is very bold and he says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 10 20 mrwz writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:1](../isa/65/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah is very bold and he says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 20 kig6 figs-pastforfuture ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verbs **is** and **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “was very bold and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 20 cv1x figs-explicit Ἠσαΐας…ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says This phrase means that **Isaiah** wrote down what God said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Isaiah is very bold and wrote down that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 20 pp4f figs-quotemarks εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:1](../../isa/65/01.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 10 20 pp4f figs-quotemarks εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:1](../isa/65/01.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 20 yoxf writing-pronouns εὑρέθην…ἐμὲ…ἐμφανὴς…ἐμὲ 1 In this verse the pronoun **I** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, was found … me; I, God, appeared … for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 20 wona figs-parallelism εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes God saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I was revealed to those people who did not even want to know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 10 20 fc4b figs-pastforfuture εὑρέθην…ἐμφανὴς 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Paul quotes God using the past tense in order to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will be found … I will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 20 u60f figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those who were not seeking me found me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 20 t78j figs-explicit τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 I appeared These two clauses refer to non-Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the non-Jews, who were not seeking me; I appeared to the non-Jews, who were not asking for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 21 pziq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an expression that makes this contrast clearer. Alternate translation: “By contrast,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 10 21 afo5 writing-quotations πρὸς…τὸν Ἰσραὴλ λέγει 1 Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:2](../../isa/65/02.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “to Israel God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 10 21 afo5 writing-quotations πρὸς…τὸν Ἰσραὴλ λέγει 1 Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:2](../isa/65/02.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “to Israel God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 21 ksjg figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 See how you translated **Israel** in [verse 19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 21 tp8d figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -ROM 10 21 gtwp figs-quotemarks ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:2](../../isa/65/02.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 10 21 gtwp figs-quotemarks ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:2](../isa/65/02.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 21 hw4w figs-idiom ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long **The whole day** here refers to doing something constantly or continually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 10 21 il8s translate-symaction ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people The action of stretching out **hands** toward someone represents welcoming or inviting someone to be a friend. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I welcomed a disobedient and contrary people to be my friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ROM 10 21 g03t figs-explicit λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people This phrase refers to **Israel**, whom God was speaking to in this quotation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you disobedient and contradictory people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ ROM 11 1 p4zd figs-rquestion μὴ ἀπώσατο ὁ Θεὸς τὸν λαὸ ROM 11 1 b8tg figs-explicit τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ 1 did God reject his people? Here, **his people** refers to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his people, the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 1 wqu2 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md) and [6:2](../06/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 11 1 mls4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 May it never be **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said earlier in the verse is true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 11 1 ra9c figs-rpronouns καὶ …ἐγὼ…εἰμί 1 May it never be Paul uses the word **myself** to emphasize that he is proof that God has not rejected the Israelites. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I, indeed, also am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) +ROM 11 1 ra9c figs-rpronouns καὶ…ἐγὼ…εἰμί 1 May it never be Paul uses the word **myself** to emphasize that he is proof that God has not rejected the Israelites. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I, indeed, also am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 11 1 ewxc figs-metaphor σπέρματος 1 May it never be Here, **seed** is singular but refers to a group of people. See how you translated seed in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 1 v1yd translate-names Ἀβραάμ 1 May it never be See how you translated this name in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 11 1 bc4g translate-names φυλῆς Βενιαμείν 1 tribe of Benjamin **Benjamin** is the name of a man. He is the ancestor of one of the 12 tribes into which God divided the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1980,19 +1980,19 @@ ROM 11 2 wzs6 figs-explicit τὸν λαὸν αὐτο 1 whom he foreknew See h ROM 11 2 h4qe figs-distinguish ὃν προέγνω 1 whom he foreknew This phrase gives further information about God’s **people**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “they are the people whom he foreknew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 11 2 k2al figs-explicit προέγνω 1 whom he foreknew See how you translated this phrase in [8:29](../08/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 2 cjp6 figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ἐν Ἠλείᾳ τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή, ὡς ἐντυγχάνει τῷ Θεῷ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ? 1 Do you not know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleaded with God against Israel? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And surely you know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleads with God against Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 11 2 q3lx writing-quotations ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ἐν Ἠλείᾳ τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή, ὡς ἐντυγχάνει τῷ Θεῷ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ? 1 they have killed This sentence indicates that what follows in the next verse is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([1 Kings 19:10](../../1ki/19/10.md), [14](../../1ki/19/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Or do you not know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleads with God against Israel? He says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 11 2 q3lx writing-quotations ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ἐν Ἠλείᾳ τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή, ὡς ἐντυγχάνει τῷ Θεῷ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ? 1 they have killed This sentence indicates that what follows in the next verse is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([1 Kings 19:10](../1ki/19/10.md), [14](../1ki/19/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Or do you not know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleads with God against Israel? He says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 11 2 dd1e figs-personification τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή 1 what the scripture says See how you translated **the scripture says** in [10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 11 2 z5lk figs-pastforfuture λέγει…ἐντυγχάνει 1 what the scripture says Here Paul uses the present tense verbs **says** and **pleads** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said … he pleaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 11 2 rien translate-names Ἠλείᾳ 1 **Elijah** is the name of a man, a prophet in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 11 2 ki3n figs-metonymy Ἰσραήλ 1 See how you translated **Israel** in [10:19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 11 3 rnut figs-quotemarks 0 they have killed This sentence is a quotation from [1 Kings 19:10](../../1ki/19/10.md), [14](../../1ki/19/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 11 3 rnut figs-quotemarks 0 they have killed This sentence is a quotation from [1 Kings 19:10](../1ki/19/10.md), [14](../1ki/19/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 11 3 fh9i writing-pronouns ἀπέκτειναν…κατέσκαψαν…ζητοῦσιν 1 they have killed In this verse **they** refers to the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel killed … they tore down … those people of Israel seek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 3 fd5k writing-pronouns κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος…μου 1 they have killed In this verse **I** and **my** refer to Elijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and only I, Elijah, was left behind … my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 3 ut1s figs-activepassive κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος 1 I alone am left If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and I alone am remaining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 3 dhg7 figs-explicit κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος 1 I alone am left Here, **left behind** means that Elijah thought he remained alive and all the other **prophets** had been killed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I alone remained alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 3 dv5u ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 seeking my life The phrase **seek my life** refers to the people trying to kill Elijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they want to kill me” ROM 11 4 rj4e figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ χρηματισμός? 1 But what does God’s answer say to him? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to get his audience to pay attention to what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But pay attention to what the divine response says to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 11 4 ougb writing-quotations τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ χρηματισμός 1 But what does God’s answer say to him? Here Paul uses this question to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:1](../../isa/65/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what does the divine response say to him in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 11 4 ougb writing-quotations τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ χρηματισμός 1 But what does God’s answer say to him? Here Paul uses this question to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:1](../isa/65/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what does the divine response say to him in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 11 4 w8cl figs-metonymy τί λέγει…ὁ χρηματισμός? 1 But what does God’s answer say to him? Paul speaks of **the divine response** as if it were a person who you **say** something. Paul is referring to God responding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what does God say in response” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 4 rvmy figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 But what does God’s answer say to him? Here Paul uses the present tense verbs **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “did … say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 11 4 x6e9 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 him Here, **him** refers to Elijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) @@ -2016,16 +2016,16 @@ ROM 11 7 rzet figs-abstractnouns ἡ…ἐκλογὴ…οἱ…λοιποὶ 1 ROM 11 7 jib7 figs-activepassive ἐπωρώθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The next verse indicates that God is the one who did the action. Alternate translation: “God hardened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 7 bp19 figs-metaphor ἐπωρώθησαν 1 Here, **hardened** refers to being made stubborn. If it would be helpful in your language you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were made stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 8 cv7s writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 11 8 u829 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation is a paraphrase of [Isaiah 29:10](../../isa/29/10.md) and [Deuteronomy 29:4](../../deu/29/04.md). Alternate translation: “just as God stated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 8 o53g figs-quotemarks ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως, ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν, ἕως τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 In these clauses Paul paraphrases [Isaiah 29:10](../../isa/29/10.md) and [Deuteronomy 29:4](../../deu/29/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 11 8 u829 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation is a paraphrase of [Isaiah 29:10](../isa/29/10.md) and [Deuteronomy 29:4](../deu/29/04.md). Alternate translation: “just as God stated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 11 8 o53g figs-quotemarks ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως, ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν, ἕως τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 In these clauses Paul paraphrases [Isaiah 29:10](../isa/29/10.md) and [Deuteronomy 29:4](../deu/29/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 11 8 kaqc figs-possession πνεῦμα κατανύξεως 1 God has given them a spirit of dullness, eyes so that they should not see, and ears so that they should not hear Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **spirit** that is characterized by **dullness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a dull spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 11 8 z47a figs-metaphor πνεῦμα κατανύξεως 1 spirit of dullness Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or manner of thinking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an attitude of dullness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 8 zyk1 figs-metaphor ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν 1 eyes so that they should not see Paul quotes Moses using **eyes not to see** and **ears not to hear** to refer to being unable to understand something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “being unable to perceive and unable to comprehend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 8 ny8w figs-doublet ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν 1 ears so that they should not hear These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the people of Israel were completely unable to understand how to become righteous. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “being completely unable to comprehend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 11 9 kr0g writing-quotations Δαυεὶδ λέγει 1 ears so that they should not hear Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:22–23](../../psa/69/22.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “David says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 11 9 kr0g writing-quotations Δαυεὶδ λέγει 1 ears so that they should not hear Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:22–23](../psa/069/022.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “David says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 11 9 zobm figs-pastforfuture Δαυεὶδ λέγει 1 ears so that they should not hear Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 11 9 zb64 translate-names Δαυεὶδ 1 ears so that they should not hear See how you translated this name in [1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 11 9 b507 figs-quotemarks γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν 1 ears so that they should not hear This phrase begins a quotation of [Psalm 69:22–23](../../psa/69/22.md) that continues into the next verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 11 9 b507 figs-quotemarks γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν 1 ears so that they should not hear This phrase begins a quotation of [Psalm 69:22–23](../psa/069/022.md) that continues into the next verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 11 9 x0wl figs-activepassive γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God, cause their table to become a net and a trap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 9 kpg8 figs-idiom γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 Let their table become a net and a trap This clause is an idiom. The word **table** represents feasting, which is the situation in which a person feels safe, and **net** and **trap** represent punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let them be punished while they are feeling safe” or “Punish them while they are comfortable”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 11 9 l6re figs-doublet εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize David’s plea for judgment. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “for thorough punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) @@ -2034,7 +2034,7 @@ ROM 11 9 xex5 figs-abstractnouns ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς 1 a retrib ROM 11 10 c1nj figs-metaphor σκοτισθήτωσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν, τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 1 bend their backs continually This clause refers to being unable to understand something. See how you translated “eyes not to see” in [verse 8](../11/08.md). Alternate translation: “Let them be unable to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 10 j9ag figs-activepassive σκοτισθήτωσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν 1 bend their backs continually If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Blind their eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 10 biqg figs-metaphor τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον 1 This clause refers to making people suffer like slaves suffer by carrying heavy burdens on **their backs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “make them continually suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 10 p4s5 figs-quotemarks παντὸς 1 The end of this verse is the end of a quotation from [Psalm 69:22–23](../../psa/69/22.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 11 10 p4s5 figs-quotemarks παντὸς 1 The end of this verse is the end of a quotation from [Psalm 69:22–23](../psa/069/022.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 11 11 z8tw grammar-connect-logic-result λέγω οὖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 11 11 dysl writing-pronouns μὴ ἔπταισαν…πέσωσιν…αὐτῶν…αὐτούς 1 In this verse the pronouns **they**, **their**, and **them** refer to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jewish people did not stumble … they might fall, did they … the Jewish people’s … the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 11 r9hg figs-rquestion μὴ ἔπταισαν ἵνα πέσωσιν? 1 Did they stumble so as to fall? Paul is not asking for information, but is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely they did not stumble so that they might fall!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -2146,12 +2146,12 @@ ROM 11 26 jo0j figs-explicit καὶ οὕτως 1 Here, **thus** indicates tha ROM 11 26 vu7t figs-activepassive πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ σωθήσεται 1 Thus all Israel will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 26 xjq4 figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 Thus all Israel will be saved See how you translated **Israel** in [10:19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 26 wuyz writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 11 26 n7yf figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation is from [Isaiah 59:20–21](../../isa/59/20.md) and [27:9](../../isa/27/09.md). Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 26 eb3j figs-quotemarks ἥξει ἐκ Σιὼν ὁ ῥυόμενος, ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ 1 just as it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Isaiah 59:20–21](../../isa/59/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 11 26 n7yf figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation is from [Isaiah 59:20–21](../isa/59/20.md) and [27:9](../isa/27/09.md). Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 11 26 eb3j figs-quotemarks ἥξει ἐκ Σιὼν ὁ ῥυόμενος, ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ 1 just as it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Isaiah 59:20–21](../isa/59/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 11 26 dm4e figs-metonymy Σιὼν 1 See how you translated **Zion** in [9:33](../09/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 26 at55 figs-metaphor ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας 1 He will remove ungodliness Paul quotes Isaiah speaking of **ungodly things** as if they were an object that someone could **turn away**. If it would be helpful in you language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He will cause ungodly activity to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 26 bkr2 figs-metonymy Ἰακώβ 1 from Jacob Here, **Jacob** refers to the descendants of Jacob, who are also called Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” or “the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 11 27 cie8 figs-quotemarks 0 from Jacob This verse is a quotation of [Isaiah 59:20–21](../../isa/59/20.md) and [27:9](../../isa/27/09.md) in which God is speaking. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 11 27 cie8 figs-quotemarks 0 from Jacob This verse is a quotation of [Isaiah 59:20–21](../isa/59/20.md) and [27:9](../isa/27/09.md) in which God is speaking. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 11 27 q7e3 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς…παρ’ ἐμοῦ…ἀφέλωμαι…αὐτῶν 1 from Jacob The pronouns **I** and **me** here refer to God, and **them** and **their** refer to the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the people of Israel … with me, God, … I take away Israel’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 27 ll39 figs-metaphor ἀφέλωμαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 I will take away their sins Paul quotes God speaking of **sins** as if they were objects that someone could **take away**. He means that people are forgiven for the **sins** they have done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will remove the guilt of their sins” or “I will forgive them for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 28 ctn9 figs-explicit κατὰ…τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 As far as the gospel is concerned Here Paul implies the Jewish people rejecting the **gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to the Jews rejecting the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2181,19 +2181,19 @@ ROM 11 32 wxjl grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 you **For** here indicate ROM 11 32 t6cb figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν…ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν 1 God has shut up all into disobedience Here Paul refers to people whom God allows to disobey him as if they were prisoners **shut up** in a prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God has allowed all people to be disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 32 obi0 figs-abstractnouns ἀπείθειαν…ἐλεήσῃ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **disobedience** and **mercy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how disobedient they are … he might show how merciful he is on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 33 veuz figs-exclamations ὦ βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ 1 **Oh** is an exclamation word that communicates awe. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “How amazing is the depth of the wealth and the wisdom and the knowledge of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 11 33 ldc5 figs-abstractnouns βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **depth**, **wealth**, wisdom**, and **knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how deeply wealthy and wise and knowledgeable is God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 11 33 ldc5 figs-abstractnouns βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **depth**, **wealth**, **wisdom**, and **knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how deeply wealthy and wise and knowledgeable is God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 33 x3kb figs-metaphor βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ 1 Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! Here Paul refers to God’s **wealth**, **wisdom**, and **knowledge** as if they were like a deep place. He means that God’s **wealth**, **wisdom**, and **knowledge** are truly great. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the greatness of the wealth and the wisdom and the knowledge of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 33 jbyn figs-doublet ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize what Paul is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “How completely incomprehensible are the things he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 11 33 u322 figs-exclamations ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering **How** here is used as an exclamation word that communicates awe. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 11 33 qb5r figs-metaphor ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering Here Paul speaks of God’s **judgments** as if they are objects that people cannot search for. He means that people cannot fully understand God’s **judgments**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “incomprehensible are his judgments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 33 urwo figs-abstractnouns τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgements**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is how he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 33 m755 figs-metaphor ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering Here Paul speaks of God’s **ways** as if they are objects that people cannot discover. He means that people cannot fully understand God’s **ways**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his ways are incomprehensible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 34 w1ck writing-quotations γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 40:13](../../isa/40/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 11 34 uh2x figs-quotemarks τίς…ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο? 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor? This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 40:13](../../isa/40/13.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 11 34 w1ck writing-quotations γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 40:13](../isa/40/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 11 34 uh2x figs-quotemarks τίς…ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο? 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor? This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 40:13](../isa/40/13.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 11 34 r2wj figs-rquestion τίς…ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο? 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor? Paul quotes Isaiah using this question to emphasize that no one is as wise as the Lord. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one has known the mind of the Lord or become his advisor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 34 yy52 figs-metonymy νοῦν Κυρίου 1 the mind of the Lord Here, **mind** refers to what a person knows and thinks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all that the Lord knows” or “what the Lord thinks about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 11 35 wonz writing-quotations ἢ 1 the mind of the Lord **Or** here indicates that what follows is Paul’s paraphrase of a verse in an Old Testament book ([Job 41:11](../../job/41/11.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Or, as is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 11 35 dc62 figs-quotemarks τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 This sentence is a paraphrase of part of [Job 41:11](../../job/41/11.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 11 35 wonz writing-quotations ἢ 1 the mind of the Lord **Or** here indicates that what follows is Paul’s paraphrase of a verse in an Old Testament book ([Job 41:11](../job/41/11.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Or, as is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 11 35 dc62 figs-quotemarks τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 This sentence is a paraphrase of part of [Job 41:11](../job/41/11.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 11 35 j5cn figs-rquestion τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ? 1 Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him? Paul quotes Job using this question to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one has ever given anything to God that he should be repaid by him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 35 wm4s figs-ellipsis τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ 1 Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him? Paul quotes Job leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Who gave something to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 11 35 jbjk figs-activepassive ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him? If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God should repay him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2280,20 +2280,20 @@ ROM 12 19 zre0 figs-abstractnouns τῇ ὀργῇ…ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησ ROM 12 19 tcwn grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 19 omjp writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 give way to his wrath See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Moses wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 12 19 kf44 figs-quotemarks ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Deuteronomy 32:35](../../deu/32/35.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 12 19 kf44 figs-quotemarks ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Deuteronomy 32:35](../deu/32/35.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 12 19 lkpl figs-quotesinquotes ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “The Lord says that vengeance is for him; he will repay.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 12 19 xo5r figs-metaphor ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Here Moses quotes God using **repay** to refer to appropriately punishing someone as if the punishment was reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 19 mco6 figs-ellipsis ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Moses quotes God leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will repay them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 12 20 n96q writing-quotations ἀλλὰ 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay **But** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 25:21–22](../../pro/25/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, God says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 12 20 q7dq figs-quotemarks ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Proverbs 25:21–22](../../pro/25/21.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 12 20 n96q writing-quotations ἀλλὰ 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay **But** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 25:21–22](../pro/25/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, God says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 12 20 q7dq figs-quotemarks ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Proverbs 25:21–22](../pro/25/21.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-yousingular ὁ ἐχθρός σου…σωρεύσεις 1 Here the pronouns **your** and **you** are singular and addressed as to one person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural forms here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 12 20 uwbq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what was said in the previous sentence is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-idiom ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head This clause is an idiom. It could refer to: (1) a person feeling shame as a result of being helped by someone whom that person had harmed. Alternate translation: “you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” (2) God very severely punishing the person who is being helped. Alternate translation: “you will give God a reason to judge him more harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes **evil** as if it were a person who could conquer someone or be conquered by someone. He is referring to someone doing evil in response to someone doing evil to that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil cause you to do evil, but use good to prevent evil from influencing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-abstractnouns τοῦ κακοῦ…τῷ ἀγαθῷ…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things … evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 21 k8et figs-activepassive μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil overcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Submission to rulers

In [13:1–7](../13/01.md) Paul commands his readers to obey rulers and pay taxes. Some readers will find this difficult to accept, especially if they live in places where wicked rulers persecute the church. It is important to recognize that the Holy Spirit led Paul to write these words while the Roman government was persecuting Christians. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God. The only time a Christian should disobey governing authorities is when those rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do (for an example of such a situation, see [Acts 5:28–29](../../act/05/28.md)).

### “The night advanced, and the day has come near”

In [13:11–14](../13/11.md) Paul tells his readers that they should behave like Jesus because Jesus is coming back soon. He calls the current time in which people do what is evil the “night,” and he calls the time when Jesus returns the “day.” +ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Submission to rulers

In [13:1–7](../13/01.md) Paul commands his readers to obey rulers and pay taxes. Some readers will find this difficult to accept, especially if they live in places where wicked rulers persecute the church. It is important to recognize that the Holy Spirit led Paul to write these words while the Roman government was persecuting Christians. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God. The only time a Christian should disobey governing authorities is when those rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do (for an example of such a situation, see [Acts 5:28–29](../act/05/28.md)).

### “The night advanced, and the day has come near”

In [13:11–14](../13/11.md) Paul tells his readers that they should behave like Jesus because Jesus is coming back soon. He calls the current time in which people do what is evil the “night,” and he calls the time when Jesus returns the “day.” ROM 13 1 i1kf figs-activepassive πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις ὑποτασσέσθω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let every soul subject itself to governing authorities” or “Let everyone subject themselves to governing authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ 1 Let every soul be obedient to Paul uses **soul** here to refer to the whole life of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 13 1 gkmd figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαις…ἐξουσία…οὖσαι 1 Let every soul be obedient to If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authorities** and **authority**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to those who are authorized to govern … authorized people … existing ones who are authorized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -2344,16 +2344,16 @@ ROM 13 8 ay3n figs-metaphor μηδενὶ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε, εἰ ROM 13 8 dptn figs-explicit τὸ ἀλλήλους 1 except to love one another Here, **one another** refers to other Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 13 8 auu3 grammar-collectivenouns νόμον 1 except to love one another See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 13 9 qcri grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why loving others fulfills the law, as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “This is true since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 13 9 r7kd writing-quotations τὸ 1 Here Paul uses **this** to indicate a quotation from the law that is written in the Old Testament ([Exodus 20:13–15](../../exo/20/13.md),[17](../../exo/20/17.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God had said in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 13 9 t0os figs-quotemarks οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις 1 These clauses are a quotation from [Exodus 20:13–15](../../exo/20/13.md), [17](../../exo/20/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 13 9 r7kd writing-quotations τὸ 1 Here Paul uses **this** to indicate a quotation from the law that is written in the Old Testament ([Exodus 20:13–15](../exo/20/13.md), [17](../exo/20/17.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God had said in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 13 9 t0os figs-quotemarks οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις 1 These clauses are a quotation from [Exodus 20:13–15](../exo/20/13.md), [17](../exo/20/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 13 9 ng84 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴ τις ἑτέρα ἐντολή 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “if there is any other commandment, and there is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 13 9 mgc9 figs-explicit τις ἑτέρα ἐντολή 1 Here, **any other commandment** refers to **any** of the commandments that God gave the Israelites other than those that Paul has just mentioned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are any other commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 13 9 jva8 figs-abstractnouns ἐντολή 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **commandment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “thing God has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 9 x8i1 figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ, ἀνακεφαλαιοῦται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this word summed it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 9 ytof figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 1 Here Paul uses **word** to refer to a commandment that is made up of words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 13 9 ylb1 writing-quotations ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 1 Here Paul uses **this word** to indicate a quotation from the law that is written in the Old Testament ([Leviticus 19:18](../../lev/19/18.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “in this commandment in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 13 9 so4u figs-quotemarks ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Leviticus 19:18](../../lev/19/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 13 10 vy62 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον κακὸν οὐκ ἐργάζεται 1 Love does not harm one’s neighbor Here Paul speaks of love as if it were a person who could do some kind of **work**. He means that people who love other people do not do *evil** things to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “People who love do not work evil to a neighbor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 13 9 ylb1 writing-quotations ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 1 Here Paul uses **this word** to indicate a quotation from the law that is written in the Old Testament ([Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “in this commandment in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 13 9 so4u figs-quotemarks ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 13 10 vy62 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον κακὸν οὐκ ἐργάζεται 1 Love does not harm one’s neighbor Here Paul speaks of love as if it were a person who could do some kind of **work**. He means that people who love other people do not do **evil** things to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “People who love do not work evil to a neighbor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 13 10 xa4n figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον…κακὸν…πλήρωμα…νόμου…ἡ ἀγάπη 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love**, **evil**, and **fulfillment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Loving a neighbor … what is evil …fulfills the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 10 l92e grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 13 11 okty figs-ellipsis καὶ τοῦτο 1 Paul is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “And do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -2413,7 +2413,7 @@ ROM 14 5 y5ea figs-activepassive ἕκαστος…πληροφορείσθω 1 ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord **The one who regards** refers to the person in the previous verse who “judges day from day”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one who regards some days as more important than other days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 6 esu5 figs-ellipsis ὁ ἐσθίων 1 he who eats Here, **the one who eats** refers to the person in [verse 3](../14/03.md) who eats all kinds of food. Paul is leaving out a word that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from [verse 3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one who eats every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 6 f9tm grammar-connect-logic-goal Κυρίῳ…Κυρίῳ…Κυρίῳ 1 eats for the Lord In this verse the phrase **for the Lord** indicates the purpose for which these people act in these ways. Thy do so in order to benefit or honor the Lord. Use the most natural way in your language to express purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of honoring the Lord … for the purpose of honoring the Lord … for the purpose of honoring the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 14 6 ad27 figs-metaphor εὐχαριστεῖ …τῷ Θεῷ…καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ Θεῷ 1 He who does not eat Here Paul speaks of expressing **thanks** as if they were something that could be given to a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he thanks God … he also thanks God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 14 6 ad27 figs-metaphor εὐχαριστεῖ…τῷ Θεῷ…καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ Θεῷ 1 He who does not eat Here Paul speaks of expressing **thanks** as if they were something that could be given to a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he thanks God … he also thanks God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat Here, **the one who does not eat** refers to the person in [verse 3](../14/03.md) who only eats vegetables. Paul is leaving out a word that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from [verse 3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one who eats does not eat every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 7 t6q7 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For none of us lives for himself **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 none of us Here, **us** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) @@ -2421,18 +2421,18 @@ ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit ἑαυτῷ…ἑαυτῷ 1 For none of us lives f ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-ellipsis οὐδεὶς 2 none dies for himself Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “none of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 8 gbxd grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 none dies for himself **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-exclusive ζῶμεν…ζῶμεν…ἀποθνῄσκωμεν…ἀποθνῄσκομεν…ζῶμεν…ἀποθνῄσκωμεν…ἐσμέν 1 In this verse **we** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 14 8 xf7x figs-explicit τῷ Κυρίῳ…τῷ Κυρίῳ 2 Here, **for the Lord** means to do something only to benefit **the Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of the Lord … for the benefit of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 8 xf7x figs-explicit τῷ Κυρίῳ -1 Here, **for the Lord** means to do something only to benefit **the Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of the Lord … for the benefit of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 8 r1hh grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 14–20](../14/14.md). Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 9 pbyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 10 xciu figs-youcrowd σὺ…κρίνεις…σου…σὺ…ἐξουθενεῖς…σου 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** and **your** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 14 10 db9a figs-rquestion τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? Paul is using two questions here to emphasize that Christians should not judge each other. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no right to judge your brother! And you also have no right to despise your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 14 10 al55 figs-gendernotations τὸν ἀδελφόν…τὸν ἀδελφόν 2 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated “brothers” in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 14 10 al55 figs-gendernotations τὸν ἀδελφόν -1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated “brothers” in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 10 b497 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Christians should not judge each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not judge others due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metaphor πάντες…παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God Here, **present ourselves before** refers to standing in front of a judge in order to be judged, and **the judgment seat of God** refers to the place where God judges. Paul means that all believers will be judged by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we will all be judged by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 11 pldr grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 For it is written, **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 11 mr7r writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 For it is written, If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation is from [Isaiah 49:18](../../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../../isa/45/23.md). Alternate translation: “Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 14 11 lvwr figs-quotemarks ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος, ὅτι ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 This sentence is quotations from [Isaiah 49:18](../../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../../isa/45/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 For it is written, If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation is from [Isaiah 49:18](../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../isa/45/23.md). Alternate translation: “Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 14 11 lvwr figs-quotemarks ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος, ὅτι ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 This sentence is quotations from [Isaiah 49:18](../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../isa/45/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 14 11 yeb5 writing-pronouns ζῶ ἐγώ…ἐμοὶ 1 For it is written, In this sentence **I** and **me** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As I, God, live … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 14 11 dxdt figs-infostructure ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος 1 For it is written, If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “The Lord says, ‘As I live,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 14 11 tf76 figs-explicit ζῶ ἐγώ 1 As I live This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate an oath. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2462,7 +2462,7 @@ ROM 14 15 n099 figs-explicit μὴ τῷ βρώματί σου ἐκεῖνον ROM 14 15 sn7w figs-explicit τῷ βρώματί σου 1 you are no longer walking in love This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christian thinks is unclean, as mentioned in the previous verse and [verses 2–6](../14/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over the matter of food” or “because of what you eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 16 zgzz grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verses. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 16 rvtd figs-abstractnouns ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is good for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 14 16 h3af figs-explicit τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 Here, **good** could refer to:(1) the **good** things that God gives Christians. Alternate translation: “good things” (2) the freedom that Christians have to eat any food they want to eat. Alternate translation: “your freedom to eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 16 h3af figs-explicit τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 Here, **good** could refer to: (1) the **good** things that God gives Christians. Alternate translation: “good things” (2) the freedom that Christians have to eat any food they want to eat. Alternate translation: “your freedom to eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 16 gl48 figs-activepassive μὴ βλασφημείσθω…ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not allow people to blaspheme your good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 17 v6jq grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 17 m0ya figs-explicit οὐ…ἐστιν 1 Here, **is not** indicates that what follows is what **the kingdom of God** does not consist of or is not concerned with. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not consist of” or “is not concerned with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2504,7 +2504,7 @@ ROM 14 23 wa8s figs-abstractnouns ὁ…διακρινόμενος 1 If your la ROM 14 23 dkcw figs-explicit ὁ…διακρινόμενος 1 This phrase refers to a person who has determined that eating certain foods is prohibited by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who judges that it is not right to eat certain foods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 b6t9 figs-explicit ἐὰν φάγῃ 1 Paul implies that the person **eats** what that person believes God has forbidden to be eaten. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if he eats what he thinks God has forbidden him to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 l9ga writing-pronouns οὐκ 1 Here, **it** refers to eating food that someone believes God has forbidden to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating what one thinks is forbidden to eat is not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως…ἐκ πίστεως 2 In this verse **from** refers to what a person bases their actions on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on faith … based on faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως -1 In this verse **from** refers to what a person bases their actions on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on faith … based on faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 z696 figs-abstractnouns πίστεως…πίστεως 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **faith** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 23 u80o figs-explicit πᾶν 1 Here, **all** refers to anything that a person does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all that a person does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 u9p2 figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία 1 whatever is not from faith is sin See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -2520,8 +2520,8 @@ ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up See h ROM 15 3 jqul grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is an example of pleasing others, as Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 3 h571 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 3 y6fe figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something David wrote, you could indicate David as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written In the quotation that follows, Paul quotes [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md) in which David records **Christ** (the Messiah) speaking to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as it is written that the Messiah said to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 3 nlu9 figs-quotemarks οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 it was just as it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written In the quotation that follows, Paul quotes [Psalm 69:9](../psa/069/009.md) in which David records **Christ** (the Messiah) speaking to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as it is written that the Messiah said to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 3 nlu9 figs-quotemarks οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 it was just as it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 69:9](../psa/069/009.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 15 3 ulis figs-abstractnouns οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ 1 it was just as it is written If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **insults**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the insulting words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 3 qni7 figs-metaphor οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me Paul quotes David referring to insults against God also affecting Christ as if those insults were objects that **fell** on him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The insults of those who insult you were also insults against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 4 h6qm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction **For** here indicates that what follows emphasizes the importance of the quotation from Scripture in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) @@ -2553,16 +2553,16 @@ ROM 15 8 dxz1 figs-activepassive τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέ ROM 15 9 k5q7 grammar-connect-logic-goal τὰ δὲ ἔθνη 1 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy Here, **and** indicates that what follows is a second reason why Christ became a “servant of the circumcision.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “and also for the purpose of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 9 el62 figs-abstractnouns ἐλέους 1 See how you translated **mercy** in [9:23](../09/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 9 kebq writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by King David in [Psalm 18:49](../../psa/18/49.md). Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” or “just as God said through David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 9 tfh8 figs-quotemarks διὰ τοῦτο ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι ἐν ἔθνεσι, καὶ τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 As it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 18:49](../../psa/18/49.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by King David in [Psalm 18:49](../psa/018/049.md). Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” or “just as God said through David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 9 tfh8 figs-quotemarks διὰ τοῦτο ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι ἐν ἔθνεσι, καὶ τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 As it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 18:49](../psa/018/049.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 sing praise to your name Here, **your name** refers to God himself. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 10 az24 figs-explicit καὶ πάλιν 1 Again it says Here, **again** indicates that what follows is another quotation from Scripture that expresses the same idea of the quotation in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 10 iprn writing-quotations λέγει 1 Again it says This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something Moses said in an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 32:43](../../deu/32/43.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 15 10 qt5h figs-quotemarks εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Again it says This sentence is a quotation from [Deuteronomy 32:43](../../deu/32/43.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 15 10 iprn writing-quotations λέγει 1 Again it says This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something Moses said in an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 32:43](../deu/32/43.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 15 10 qt5h figs-quotemarks εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Again it says This sentence is a quotation from [Deuteronomy 32:43](../deu/32/43.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people Here, **his people** refers to God’s **people**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 11 xw7t writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Psalm 117:1](../../psa/117/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 15 11 gk0i figs-quotemarks αἰνεῖτε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὸν Κύριον; καὶ ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ λαοί 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 117:1](../../psa/117/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 15 12 inaw writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something **Isaiah** said in an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 11:10](../../isa/11/10.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures, Isaiah says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 15 11 xw7t writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Psalm 117:1](../psa/117/001.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 15 11 gk0i figs-quotemarks αἰνεῖτε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὸν Κύριον; καὶ ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ λαοί 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 117:1](../psa/117/001.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 15 12 inaw writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something **Isaiah** said in an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 11:10](../isa/11/10.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures, Isaiah says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 12 u5kr figs-pastforfuture Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Isaiah said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 15 12 lpf6 figs-explicit ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί…ὁ ἀνιστάμενος…αὐτῷ 1 root of Jesse These three expressions all refer to the same person, the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The root of Jesse … he is the one who rises … that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah referring to a descendant of **Jesse** as if that person were a **root** or shoot that had grown out of a plant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2571,7 +2571,7 @@ ROM 15 13 t3dd figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Paul i ROM 15 13 u77u figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐλπίδος…χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης…ἐλπίδι…δυνάμει 1 May fill you with all joy and peace See how you translated the abstract nouns **hope** in the previous verse, **joy** and **peace** in [14:17](../14/17.md), and **power** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-metaphor ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul refers to people experiencing **joy** and **peace** as if they were things that could **fill** someone. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “may the God of hope allow you to experience all joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 13 zmno figs-explicit ἐν τῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Here, **in** indicates that **believing** is the means by which people will experience **all joy and peace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 13 aee3 figs-ellipsis ῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “in believing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 15 13 aee3 figs-ellipsis τῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “in believing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 15 13 a6rk grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that you might abound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 13 k3y1 εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Alternative translation: “so that you this hope with abundance” ROM 15 14 h98x figs-activepassive πέπεισμαι…καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has also persuaded me myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2615,15 +2615,15 @@ ROM 15 20 gpcl figs-activepassive ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way ROM 15 20 i4sx figs-idiom ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Here, **has been named** refers to speaking someone’s name. It does not refer to giving someone a name. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s name has been spoken” or “Christ’s name has been heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 15 20 kt3r figs-metaphor μὴ ἐπ’ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ 1 I might not build upon another man’s foundation Paul speaks of his work of preaching the gospel and making disciples as if he were building a house on a **foundation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I might not continue doing the work that another man has already begun” or “I might not be like someone who builds upon another man’s foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 21 dcs1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is the opposite of what Paul said in the last clause of the previous verse. Use the best way in your language to indicate a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 15 21 zyps figs-explicit ἀλλὰ καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In this verse Paul quotes Scripture to state that he preaches the gospel to those who have never heard it, which he also stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Instead of doing that, I aspire to preach the gospel where it has not been preached before. Doing so is just as it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 21 zyps figs-explicit ἀλλὰ καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In this verse Paul quotes Scripture to state that he preaches the gospel to those who have never heard it, which he also stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Instead of doing that, I aspire to preach the gospel where it has not been preached before. Doing so is just as it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 21 rb5r writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 21 wy8k figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote, you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 21 ocug figs-quotemarks οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 52:15](../../isa/52/15.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 15 21 ocug figs-quotemarks οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 52:15](../isa/52/15.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 15 21 zbeu figs-parallelism οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that non-Jewish people will hear about the Messiah. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Those who have not heard about him will certainly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-activepassive οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those to whom no one had reported concerning him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 21 m1f0 figs-explicit ὄψονται…συνήσουσιν 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Isaiah implies that the non-Jewish people who never heard about the Messiah will **understand** who the Messiah is and what he has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “will see who the Messiah is … will understand who he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 21 eihc figs-metaphor ὄψονται 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Paul quotes Isaiah using **see** to refer to perceiving something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “will perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 22 f1fq grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of Paul’s desire to preach the gospel where people have never heard it before. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation (without a comma following): “For this reason” or This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 15 22 f1fq grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of Paul’s desire to preach the gospel where people have never heard it before. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation (without a comma following): “For this reason” or “This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those things also prevented me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 22 uf9y figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς 1 I was also hindered Here, **you** is plural and refers to the believers of the church in Rome to whom Paul was writing this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers who are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 15 23 hgiv grammar-connect-logic-result μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις, ἐπιποθείαν δὲ ἔχων τοῦ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ ἱκανῶν ἐτῶν 1 I no longer have any place in these regions These clauses are two reasons why Paul hopes to see the Roman believers, as stated in the next verse. If you keep this verse and the next verse as one sentence in your translation, then you could use the most natural way in your language to indicate reasons. However, if you translate this verse and the next verse as separate sentences, then you could show that these clauses are reasons by indicating result in the next verse, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “because I no longer have a place in these regions, and because I have a longing from a considerable number of years to come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) @@ -2668,23 +2668,23 @@ ROM 15 32 ekou figs-abstractnouns θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 See how you tr ROM 15 32 sgcl figs-activepassive συναναπαύσωμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and might refresh myself together with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 33 s947 figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης 1 May the God of peace be with Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** who gives **peace**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 33 ubtx figs-abstractnouns τῆς εἰρήνης 1 May the God of peace be with See how you translated **peace** in [1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 16 intro qy96 0 # Romans 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting
\n8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)
* Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)
* Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)
* Paul commends Phoebe (16:1–2)
* Paul greets Christians in Rome (16:3–16)
* Paul warns against false teachers (16:17–20)
* Paul greets more Christians in Rome (16:21–24)
* Doxology (16:25–27)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Letter writing and sending
\nIn this culture, someone who wanted to send a letter often spoke what they wanted to say, and a scribe would write it down for them. Then, they would send the letter with a messenger, who would read the letter to the person or people to whom it was addressed. In this chapter, Tertius mentions that he is the scribe writing the letter for Paul ([16:22](../16/22.md)). Paul begins this chapter by recommending Phoebe to the believers in Rome who receive this letter. This could indicate that Phoebe was the messenger who delivered the letter to them.

### Greetings
\nIn this culture, it was common for those who sent letters to include greetings to and from others in their letter. In this way, many people could greet each other but only send one letter. In [verses 3–16](../16/03.md) and [21–23](../16/21.md) Paul includes greetings to and from people whom he and the Romans knew. Express these greetings in a natural form in your language. +ROM 16 intro qy96 0 # Romans 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)
* Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)
* Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)
* Paul commends Phoebe (16:1–2)
* Paul greets Christians in Rome (16:3–16)
* Paul warns against false teachers (16:17–20)
* Paul greets more Christians in Rome (16:21–24)
* Doxology (16:25–27)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Letter writing and sending

In this culture, someone who wanted to send a letter often spoke what they wanted to say, and a scribe would write it down for them. Then, they would send the letter with a messenger, who would read the letter to the person or people to whom it was addressed. In this chapter, Tertius mentions that he is the scribe writing the letter for Paul ([16:22](../16/22.md)). Paul begins this chapter by recommending Phoebe to the believers in Rome who receive this letter. This could indicate that Phoebe was the messenger who delivered the letter to them.

### Greetings

In this culture, it was common for those who sent letters to include greetings to and from others in their letter. In this way, many people could greet each other but only send one letter. In [verses 3–16](../16/03.md) and [21–23](../16/21.md) Paul includes greetings to and from people whom he and the Romans knew. Express these greetings in a natural form in your language. ROM 16 1 sg6a writing-pronouns συνίστημι 1 The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul, except for [verse 22](../16/22.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, commend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 16 1 sry4 translate-names Φοίβην 1 Phoebe **Phoebe** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 1 q86q figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our When Paul writes **our** here and throughout this chapter, he is speaking of himself and his Christian readers, so our would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 16 1 b81z figs-metaphor τὴν ἀδελφὴν 1 our Paul speaks of **Phoebe** as if she were the physical **sister** of him and his Christian readers. He means she has a brother-sister relationship with all Christians because she trusts in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our spiritual sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 1 mbn3 figs-abstractnouns διάκονον 1 our See how you translated the abstract noun **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 16 1 q669 translate-names Κενχρεαῖς 1 Cenchrea **Cenchrea** was a city in Greece. If available in your language, see how **Cenchrea** is translated in [Acts 18:18](../../act/18/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 1 q669 translate-names Κενχρεαῖς 1 Cenchrea **Cenchrea** was a city in Greece. If available in your language, see how **Cenchrea** is translated in [Acts 18:18](../act/18/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 2 cwx1 figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you may receive her in the Lord Here, **in the Lord** refers to Phoebe being a fellow believer in **the Lord** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as someone who believes in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 2 yic3 ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων 1 in a manner worthy of the saints Alternate translation: “in the way that believers should welcome other believers” ROM 16 2 g7of grammar-connect-logic-goal καὶ 1 in a manner worthy of the saints Here, **and** indicates that what follows is a second purpose for Paul to commend Phoebe to the believers in Rome. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and in order that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 16 2 qp4w figs-metaphor παραστῆτε αὐτῇ 1 stand by her Here, **stand by** refers to helping someone. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might assist her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 2 i0fm grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 stand by her **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants the Roman believers to help Phoebe. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason I want you to do this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 16 2 inh1 figs-abstractnouns καὶ…προστάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη καὶ ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ 2 has become a helper of many, and of myself as well If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **benefactor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has also benefited many, and myself as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 16 3 na1k General Information: As was customary in his culture, in [verses 3–16](../16/03.md) Paul begins to conclude the letter by extending greetings to the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “Enthusiastically ask to be remembered to” or “Send regards to” +ROM 16 3 na1k 0 General Information: As was customary in his culture, in [verses 3–16](../16/03.md) Paul begins to conclude the letter by extending greetings to the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “Enthusiastically ask to be remembered to” or “Send regards to” ROM 16 3 xigr figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 **Greet** here and throughout [verses 3–16](../16/03.md) is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. Alternate translation: “Make it your habit to greet” or “Make it your practice to greet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -ROM 16 3 c5lg translate-names Πρίσκαν καὶ Ἀκύλαν 1 Priscilla and Aquila **Prisca** is the name of a woman who is also called “Priscilla” in [Acts 18:2](../../act/18/02.md). **Aquila** is the name of her husband. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 3 fsk1 figs-explicit τοὺς συνεργούς μου 1 my fellow workers in Christ Jesus Here, **fellow workers** refers to people who work together with Paul to tell other people about Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who work with me to preach the gospel“ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 16 3 c5lg translate-names Πρίσκαν καὶ Ἀκύλαν 1 Priscilla and Aquila **Prisca** is the name of a woman who is also called “Priscilla” in [Acts 18:2](../act/18/02.md). **Aquila** is the name of her husband. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 3 fsk1 figs-explicit τοὺς συνεργούς μου 1 my fellow workers in Christ Jesus Here, **fellow workers** refers to people who work together with Paul to tell other people about Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who work with me to preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 3 uo3a figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus Here, **in Christ Jesus** could refer to: (1) the kind of work that **Prisca and Aquila** did with Paul. Alternate translation: “in the service of Christ Jesus” (2) being united with Christ, as this phrase is used in [3:24](../03/24.md); [6:11](../06/11.md), [23](../06/23.md); [8:1–2](../08/01.md), [39](../08/39.md); and [15:17](../15/17.md). Alternate translation: “who are united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 4 ilnn figs-distinguish οἵτινες ὑπὲρ τῆς ψυχῆς μου, τὸν ἑαυτῶν τράχηλον ὑπέθηκαν, οἷς οὐκ ἐγὼ μόνος εὐχαριστῶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ ἐκκλησίαι τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 in Christ Jesus This verse interrupts the main part of the sentence in [verses 3–5](../16/03.md) in order to give further information about Priscilla and Aquila. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this verse as its own sentence and repeat the main verb of the previous verse in the next verse, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 16 4 fye8 figs-idiom τὸν ἑαυτῶν τράχηλον ὑπέθηκαν 1 This phrase refers to doing something that would put someone in danger of being executed. Romans often executed people by chopping their heads off at the neck with an axe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “risked having their heads chopped off by the Roman authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -2718,9 +2718,9 @@ ROM 16 11 iifk figs-explicit τὸν συγγενῆ 1 Herodion … Narcissus Se ROM 16 11 ket9 figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 who are in the Lord Here, **in the Lord** refers to being united to Christ and has the same meaning as “in Christ” in [verse 7](../16/07.md) and [3:24](../03/24.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “united to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 12 el82 figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε…ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 16 12 sq9n translate-names Τρύφαιναν…Τρυφῶσαν…Περσίδα 1 Tryphaena … Tryphosa … Persis **Tryphaena**, **Tryphosa**, and **Persis** are names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 12 vkh4 figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ…ἐν Κυρίῳ 2 See how you translated a similar use of **in the Lord** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 16 12 vkh4 figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ -1 See how you translated a similar use of **in the Lord** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 13 sx5e figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -ROM 16 13 zmf4 translate-names Ῥοῦφον 1 Rufus **Rufus** is the name of a man. See how this name is translated in [Mark 15:21](../../mrk/15/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 13 zmf4 translate-names Ῥοῦφον 1 Rufus **Rufus** is the name of a man. See how this name is translated in [Mark 15:21](../mrk/15/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 13 zy3x figs-activepassive τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom God has elected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 13 hqf6 figs-metaphor τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 his mother and mine Paul speaks of the **mother** of **Rufus** as if she were his own **mother**. He means that she treated him as if he were her own child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his mother, whom I also think of as my mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 14 b3cd figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) @@ -2730,7 +2730,7 @@ ROM 16 14 il54 figs-explicit τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς ἀδελφούς ROM 16 15 y84x figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 16 15 ye9j translate-names Φιλόλογον…Νηρέα…Ὀλυμπᾶν 1 Philologus … Nereus … Olympas **Philologus**, **Nereus**, and **Olympas** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 15 n2rx translate-names Ἰουλίαν 1 Julia **Julia** is the name of a woman. She was probably the wife of **Philologus**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 15 j4uu figs-explicit τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς πάντας ἁγίους 1 Julia See how you translated **with them** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 16 15 j4uu figs-explicit τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς πάντας ἁγίους 1 Julia See how you translated **with them** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 16 nxka figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 16 16 g2z1 translate-unknown φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 a holy kiss Here, **a holy kiss** describes a **kiss** that believers would give to other believers (that is why it is **holy**). In Paul’s culture, this was an appropriate way to greet someone with whom one was very close, such as a family member or a good friend. You could use a greeting that is used by close friends or family members and clarify that here it is used in a **holy** or Christian way. Alternate translation: “with a Christian hug” or “in warm way that is appropriate for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ROM 16 16 t1q4 figs-hyperbole ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς αἱ ἐκκλησίαι πᾶσαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 All the churches of Christ greet you **All** here could refer to: (1) all the **churches** that were in the area where Paul was working when he wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “All the churches of Christ in this region” (2) all the **churches** that Paul had authority over or represented. Alternate translation: “All the churches of Christ that I represent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -2751,9 +2751,9 @@ ROM 16 19 vqml grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates th ROM 16 19 imc7 figs-personification ἡ…ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ, εἰς πάντας ἀφίκετο 1 For your obedience reaches everyone Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers’ **obedience** as if it were a person who could go to people. He means that many people had heard about their **obedience**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your obedience has been heard about by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 16 19 o1b9 figs-abstractnouns ἡ…ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ…τὸ ἀγαθόν…τὸ κακόν 1 See how you translated **obedience** in [5:19](../05/19.md) and **good** and **evil** in [7:19](../07/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 19 gj2r figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 For your obedience reaches everyone Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that many believers had heard about the **obedience** of the Roman believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ROM 16 20 bnni figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης 1 See how you translated this phrase in [15:33](../15/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 16 20 bnni figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης 1 See how you translated this phrase in [15:33](../15/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 16 20 s3cq figs-metaphor συντρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν 1 The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers having victory over **Satan** as if they would **crush** him **under** their **feet**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will cause you to have complete victory over Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 16 20 qpr7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τάχει. ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **haste** and **grace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “hastily. May the Lord Jesus Christ act graciously toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 16 20 qpr7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τάχει. ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **haste** and **grace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “hastily. May the Lord Jesus Christ act graciously toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 20 btor ἐν τάχει 1 The phrase translated as **with haste** can also refer to something happening after a short time period. Alternate translation: “in a short time” or “soon” ROM 16 20 oo2r translate-blessing ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 As was customary in his culture, Paul closes his letter with a blessing for the Roman believers. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “May you experience kindness from our Lord Jesus Christ within you” or “I pray that you will have grace from our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) ROM 16 21 z4g3 figs-explicit ὁ συνεργός μου 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2768,7 +2768,7 @@ ROM 16 23 sw7r translate-names Γάϊος…Ἔραστος…Κούαρτος 1 ROM 16 23 j9u7 figs-explicit ὁ ξένος μου, καὶ ὅλης τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 the host This phrase indicates that the home of **Gaius** was where Paul and his fellow believers gathered to worship. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who hosts me and the whole church in his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 23 m5hg figs-explicit ὁ οἰκονόμος 1 the treasurer Here, **steward** refers to the person who takes care of the money for **the city** in which Paul is staying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the treasurer” or “the one who administrates the finances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 23 fnet figs-gendernotations ἀδελφός 1 the treasurer Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [14:10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 16 24 ct9t translate-textvariants Ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. Ἀμήν 1 the treasurer This verse is not in the best earliest manuscripts. It seems to be an accidental repetition of the last part of [verse 20](../16/20.md). It has been included in the ULT, but it is marked off with square brackets ([ ]) at the beginning and end. If possible, do not include this addition in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ROM 16 24 ct9t translate-textvariants Ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. Ἀμήν 1 the treasurer This verse is not in the best earliest manuscripts. It seems to be an accidental repetition of the last part of [verse 20](../16/20.md). It has been included in the ULT, but it is marked off with square brackets (\[ \]) at the beginning and end. If possible, do not include this addition in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ROM 16 25 xma1 0 [Verses 25–27](../16/25.md) are one long sentence. If you divide this sentence into shorter sentences, then you will need to repeat part of [verse 27](../16/27.md) in [verse 25](../16/25.md), as the UST does. ROM 16 25 v71l δὲ 1 Now **Now** here marks the closing section of the letter. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you could use it here. ROM 16 25 xgkv figs-explicit τῷ…δυναμένῳ ὑμᾶς στηρίξαι 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to establish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])